Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / IQE / FY2017 Annual Report

IQE
Annual Report 2017

IQE · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker IQE
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · IQE
Loading PDF…
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

Annual report and financial statements | 2017

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

1

Company No: 3745726

 
 
Overview of 2017

05: Chairman’s report to shareholders
08: Business review
13: Outlook

Strategic report

15: Strategic report
18: Our business
21: CSR, health, safety & environment
28: Principal risks & uncertainties
38: Financial review

Directors’ report

41: Compliance & governance statements
52: Director’s report
55: Remuneration statements
64: Annual report on remuneration
74: Officers & professional advisors

Financial statements

80: Financial statements
91: Notes to the financial statements

It is with the deepest sadness that the Board of announced in April 2018 that its 
long-serving Chief Financial Officer, Phillip J Rasmussen BSc ACA, had died.  His 
death follows a cycling incident that took place on 1 April 2018 whilst on holiday 
abroad.

On behalf of the Board and all of Mr Rasmussen’s IQE colleagues, IQE President 
and Chief Executive Officer, Drew Nelson, commented:

“The news of Phil’s death has shocked and distressed all of us at IQE.  The tragedy, of 
course, will be most deeply felt by Phil’s family, who we send our heartfelt condolences to 
at this terrible time. It is also a tragedy for so many of us who considered Phil a friend as 
much as a colleague.

Phil was a great colleague and an accomplished CFO.  He made the role his own, 
contributing so much over his ten years with us to IQE’s current strength; to the detailed 
and principled way we do things; to the potential we see before us as a firm.  It has been 
my great privilege to work with Phil, to benefit from his good judgement and to count 
him as a very close friend.  We will do everything we possibly can to preserve his legacy 
at IQE and continue with the shining example he has set for all of us.”

7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

Chairman’s report
to shareholders

Revenue increased by
16% to
£154.5m

(2016: £132.7m)

Adjusted operating
profit increased to
£26.4m

(2016: £22.1m)

2017 – A transformational year
It is with great pleasure that I present 
our 2017 annual report and financial 
statements, providing details of the 
Group’s strong operational and financial 
performance in what has been a 
transformational year in the Group’s 
history. 

During 2017 we continued to deliver on 
our strategy to diversify our revenues and 
grow our intellectual property (IP) portfolio. 

I am pleased to report that our strategy 
has delivered strong revenue growth, 
earnings growth and cash generation.  
In addition to referring to GAAP profit 
measures, I also refer to adjusted profit 
measures, which are detailed in note 5.

Revenue increased by 16% to £154.5m 
(2016: £132.7m). Adjusted operating profit 
increased to £26.4m (2016: £22.1m), 
and GAAP operating profit decreased to 
£17.0m (2016: £19.8m).

This record financial performance marks 
the adoption of IQE’s VCSEL technology in a 
mass market application during the second 
half of 2017.

We ended the year with net funds of 
£45.6m (2016: net debt of £39.5m), 
reflecting £95m of gross new equity raised 
in November 2017 which will be used to 
fund ongoing capacity expansion in 2018 
to meet the rapidly rising demand as VCSEL 
adoption broadens.

The scene is set
Our well proven track-record in providing 
the key enabling technologies that power 
a wide range of applications including 
new and emerging wireless and photonics 
devices, coupled with our innovative 
product portfolio, should give our investors’ 
confidence in IQE’s position and capabilities 
to provide excellent long-term shareholder 
returns.

Our commitment to innovation in 
advanced semiconductor technologies 
clearly positions IQE centre-stage in helping 
to shape the future that is  transforming 
the way we live, work, travel and spend our 
leisure-time. 

Over the last few years we have set out 
our strategic roadmap, setting the scene 
with our vision and ambition to develop 
an unparalleled depth and breadth of 

advanced materials capabilities, and to 
diversify our technology and product 
portfolio.

The Group continues to go from strength 
to strength across each of our primary 
markets: Wireless, Photonics, Infrared, and 
CMOS++ and is making good technical 
progress with our developing markets: 
Advanced Solar and Power. 

The clear focus on the execution of our 
strategy is demonstrated by our strong 
financial performance in 2017, with sales 
of wafer products up 21% to £152.6m 
(2016: £126.0m), propelling the related 
operating profit (excluding license income) 
up 59% to £24.5m on an adjusted basis 
(2016: £15.4m), and up 15% to £15.1m on 
a GAAP basis (2016: £13.2m).  The increase 
in adjusted profits reflect a 58% increase 
in wafer related profits from £15.4m 
to £24.5m partially offset by the £4.8m 
reduction in license income. 

Our key industry differentiators stem from 
our superior technology capabilities, the 
scale of our operations and the breadth 
of our product and service portfolio.  This 
in turn is enabling the group to distinguish 
itself in the market, and transition its 
business model from a “materials solutions 
company”, where wafers are developed to 
customer specifications, into an “innovative 
enabler” where IQE’s material solutions 
provide chip designers with a new 
“toolkit” to develop chips which push the 
boundaries of performance and reduce the 
barriers of cost.

The Group continues to drive progress 
through innovation. We have built 
our portfolio of pioneering, world-
class materials technologies including 
demonstration of the first single crystal 
aluminium nitride epi-wafers for high 
performance wireless filters, cREO™ for 
integration of complementary materials 
technologies, and Quasi Photonic Crystals 
and Nano-Imprint Lithography for a wide 
range of optical technologies including DFB 
lasers, and integrated 3D sensing solutions.  

During the year, we also saw increased 
levels of customer engagements in areas 
such as “see in the dark” technologies that 
to date have been limited to specialist 
defence and security applications but are 
now migrating into mass market consumer 
applications.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

5

Company No: 3745726

 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

In addition to building our IP portfolio, excellent progress 
has been made with the new wafer foundry in Newport, 
South Wales.  This ‘mega foundry’ will house up to 100 
tools, creating a facility with unparalleled capacity and 
economies of scale in our industry.  The facility is being 
leased, and the group is purchasing and installing 
new equipment into the facility. The related capital 
expenditure is included within property, plant and 
equipment in note 14. This facility was not operational 
in 2017 and hence no depreciation has been charged 
in 2017. The related lease commitment and capital 
commitments are incorporated in notes 31 and 32 
respectively.

Excellent progress continues at IQE’s Joint Ventures in 
the UK and Singapore, expanding external customer 
engagements and improving financial performance, 
reflect key milestones for these early-stage businesses.  

Driving innovation
Innovation is central to economic growth and prosperity 
and a key driver in improving competitiveness, adding 
value, providing high quality employment opportunities 
and helping to address major societal challenges. 

In recent years, IQE has played a key role in promoting 
wider understanding of the impact that compound 
semiconductors will have in transforming the 21st 
century.

IQE’s role in promoting the UK as a global hub for 
compound semiconductor activities should not be 
underestimated. South Wales and the West of England 
has so far attracted more than £300M of committed 
public/private funding across a range of compound 
semiconductor related initiatives. Much of the compound 
semiconductor related activity is centred around IQE’s 
corporate headquarters where the company is regarded 
as a regional anchor company.

Activities include Cardiff University’s Institute for 
Compound Semiconductors, EPSRC’s Compound 
Semiconductor Manufacturing Hub, The UK 
Government’s Compound Semiconductor Applications 
Catapult and the Compound Semiconductor Centre, the 
unique joint venture between IQE and Cardiff University 
to establish a prototyping and commercialisation facility 
for compound semiconductor materials technologies.

Delivering on our strategy
IQE manufactures and supplies compound 
semiconductor wafer products. Compound 
semiconductors offer significantly higher performance in 
electronic and photonic applications, enabling operating 
speeds of more than 100 times those of silicon, helping 
to create a smarter, more advanced and more connected 
world that, every day, enriches our lives in so many ways. 

Our highly skilled and talented people have a keen 
passion and a drive for innovation that constantly 
challenges conventional and incumbent technologies to 
achieve the higher performance levels demanded across 
multiple markets such as communications, healthcare, 
aerospace, automotive, safety & security, the Internet of 
Things and efficient energy generation and usage.

Our strategy is clear: to use our technology leadership 

and scale to deliver the performance, cost points and 
security of supply required for mass market adoption 
of compound semiconductor materials in a demanding, 
highly technical, leading edge industry sector. 

2018 marks IQE’s thirtieth year pioneering advanced 
technologies at the forefront of the compound 
semiconductor industry.

During the last thirty years, we have developed an 
unparalleled depth and breadth of intellectual property 
and technical capabilities and are truly established as 
the clear global leader in advanced semiconductor wafer 
products.

IQE is the undisputed global leader in the supply of 
advanced wireless materials and is now replicating this 
success in other primary markets, particularly the rapidly 
growing photonics sector where the Group’s products 
enable a wide range of technologies from 3D sensing to 
high-speed optical communications.

The Group has firmly established its 
platform for delivering its strategy:

Global footprint spanning US, Europe 
and Asia

Breadth and depth of advanced 
semiconductor materials IP

Talented, committed and experienced 
team

Proven credibility and reputation

Secure multi-site supply

Scale and cost leadership

Largest capacity in the industry

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

During 2017 we reinforced our strategy by expansion of 
our technology leadership by the further development 
of our broad IP portfolio through both internal 
development and strategic transactions. In so doing, we 
are transitioning from a “materials solutions company”, 
into an “innovative enabler.”

Operational highlights
As shown in note 4, whilst advanced wafers for wireless 
communications applications continue to represent a key 
proportion of IQE’s business, revenues remained broadly 
flat at £91.6m (2016: £91.3m), reflecting a £3m managed 
reduction in supplier managed inventories (SMI), enabling 
the business to focus capacity on the rapidly expanding 
photonics division with the ramp of VCSEL product lines 
during the second half of 2017 to support new consumer 
applications including 3D sensing.  Wireless SMI levels are 
expected to replenish during 2018. 

The group continues to maintain its key wireless 
customer base and is pursuing a number of initiatives 
to grow market share with a number of new product 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

6

Company No: 3745726

 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

qualifications in the pipeline.

Our fastest growth area was our photonics market, 
exhibiting 109% growth to £47.6m for the full year (2016: 
£22.8m), with second half sales up more than 160% over 
the prior year’s second half year. The aggressive ramp of 
VCSEL sales during H2 represents a unique achievement 
in the industry, as IQE leveraged its expertise of mass 
market supply to this complex photonics material.

InfraRed products also demonstrated solid continued 
growth, increasing by 14% to £12.0m (2016: £10.6m). 
During the year, we also saw increased levels of 
customer engagements in areas such as “see in the dark” 
technologies that to date have been limited to specialist 
defence and security applications whereas we are now 
engaged with major OEM and device companies in 
developing InfraRed products for mass market consumer 
applications.

As in prior years, we delivered increased underlying 
profitability, earnings and cash-generation.

Whilst we anticipate that the wireless sector will remain 
a major part of the Group’s future business, we expect 
significant upside potential in the medium term due to: 
innovation in smartphone hardware, including the wider 
adoptions of advanced sensor technologies such as 
3D sensing; the adoption of GaN on Silicon technology 
for base stations; the transition to 5G communications; 
and the combination of silicon with compound 
semiconductors using cREO™ for other wireless 
communication chips.

Organisation development
The Group continued with its Organisational 
Development Programme. This has involved the transfer 
of production between our sites to improve operational 
efficiency. Further operating efficiencies are expected to 
be achieved through merging and consolidating existing 
operational facilities over time. Continuous improvement 
is an ongoing process across IQE’s global operations, with 
numerous programmes under way at any given time.

Market diversification
A key feature of IQE’s global footprint is the ability 
to develop and adopt best practice across multiple 
platforms, multiple products and multiple market sectors.

The business continues to focus on its six key business 
units with a priority on those market sectors such as 
photonics and power, which are already exhibiting the 
highest near term growth potential.

The Group has established six Business Units along 
market lines, to address its primary and emerging 
markets.

Each Business Unit has a clear product and customer 
focus, but continues to benefit from the production 
and technology synergies of the whole Group. Our 
manufacturing sites monitor production efficiencies, 
delivery performance and quality, aligned to the overall 
Group objectives. 

Also, as part of its strategy for diversification, IQE has 
engaged with major industry players across multiple 

market sectors with the aim of establishing high-
tech supply chains or “clusters” based on compound 
semiconductor technologies.

IQE has engaged with a number of stakeholders including 
government agencies and academic institutions to drive 
the economic agenda and to prioritise and promote the 
formation of technology clusters focused on compound 
semiconductors.

Realising the opportunity
I have previously expressed my excitement about our 
position and the growth prospects for our industry. 2017 
saw the early fruits of delivering on just one of the many 
opportunities for which we have been preparing. Our 
performance during 2017 demonstrated a successful 
execution of a strategy that provides solid foundation for 
repeated future success stories. 

As a key enabler at the start of multiple, complex supply 
chains, IQE’s products are not immediately apparent to 
consumers even though the devices we all depend on 
such as smartphones, could not work without the part 
that IQE plays. 

It is apparent from attendance at international 
conferences and trade-shows that IQE is highly regarded 
across our industry and throughout our supply chains.

The importance of IQE’s role in supply chains is 
evidenced by the levels of non-disclosure agreements 
between the company and its key suppliers and 
customers. IQE is seen by our customers as offering 
unique competitive advantage and our high regard and 
systems for protecting our own as well as our customers 
IP and other confidential information is highly respected 
and considered as one of our key USPs.

We have started 2018 uniquely positioned to continue 
to build on our successes to date to take advantage of 
the plethora of high-growth opportunities that lay before 
us and to deliver further strong results and to take 
advantage of new, high-growth opportunities.  

I would like to thank my fellow Directors and all the 
management and staff of IQE for the success of the past 
year and their part in its achievement. 

The skills, experience and talent of our people is at the 
very heart of our business. My sincere thanks go out for 
the hard work and professional expertise of the whole 
IQE team for their commitment and dedication; they 
continue to be the foundation of our achievements.

I would also like to take this opportunity to extend a 
warm welcome to Sir Derek Jones, who has joined our 
Board as a Non-Executive Director. Sir Derek’s strong 
credentials and experience brings a new perspective.

Finally, as always, I would like to thank you, my fellow 
shareholders, for your support. I trust that you share 
our excitement about the role we are destined to play in 
what promises to be an exciting future for IQE and for 
our industry.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

7

Company No: 3745726

 
  
 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

Business review

Organisation
The Group has established six market facing Business 
Units within the organisation: IQE Wireless, IQE 
Photonics, IQE InfraRed, IQE Solar, IQE Power, and IQE 
CMOS++ 

Each Business Unit has a clear product and customer 
focus, but continues to benefit from the production and 
technology synergies of the whole Group. The emerging 
markets of Solar and Power are in pre-production and 
hence are not yet significant enough to be separated in 
our segmental reporting.

Wireless
Compound Semiconductors play an essential role in 
high speed wireless communication, and have been 
an enabling technology for mass market applications 
such as smartphones and wifi.  IQE is the market leader 
with an estimated 55%-60% share of this global market. 
Wireless accounted for approximately 60% of IQE’s wafer 
sales in 2017 (2016: 72%)

Following the launch of the iPhone in 2007 this market 
enjoyed several years of double digit organic growth, 
as the launch of new handsets were usually met with a 
“feeding frenzy” of consumers eager to secure the latest 
model.  However, market growth has cooled since 2013 
as the innovation cycle struggled to keep apace. In fact, 
according to industry analyst IDC, overall smartphone 
shipments during the year remained flat at 1.47 billion 
units (2016: 1.47 billion units). This represents a core and 
stable part of IQE’s business.

Despite the lack of growth in smartphone sales, the 
relentless increase in data traffic continues to drive the 
need for more sophisticated wireless chip solutions 
in handsets.  This is driving the market towards 5G 
communication, which IQE sees as a significant upside 
potential for its wireless business as this transition will 
require much more complex material technologies.

Infrastructure applications such as base stations, radar 
and CATV are a small but rapidly growing part of IQE’s 
wireless segment.  This is becoming an increasing 
important part of IQE’s business as the superior 
performance of this CS technology continues to replace 
the incumbent silicon LDMOS technology.  Indeed, in 
partnership with MACOM Technologies Inc., IQE has 

developed a high performance low cost solution (GaN 
on Silicon) to accelerate the displacement of LDMOS.   
Indeed, MACOM is in the process of qualifying this 
technology downstream, and concluded a high volume 
chip fabrication partnership in late 2017 in anticipation of 
a production ramp on completion of these qualifications.

The fastest growing segment of the wireless chip market 
over the past few years has been for high performance 
filters.  Although the primary materials technology 
for filters (aluminium nitride, or AlN) is made from 
compound semiconductor elements, the wafers have 
been fabricated using a less sophisticated process called 
sputtering, reflecting that producing a more sophisticated 
single crystal epitaxial solution has been a significant IP 
challenge.   IQE overcame these hurdles in late 2017, 
and prototyped single crystal AlN wafers.  We are now 
engaged with multiple customers who see this advance 
as a potentially disruptive solution.

Wireless continues to be a 
significant and stable business for 
the group, and is expected to grow 
at a rate of up to 5% in the near 
term. Furthermore, this division has 
several exciting developments which 
provide routes for a return to double 
digit growth, including:

•	

•	

•	

•	

Innovation in smartphone hardware, 
including the adoption of advanced 
photonics sensors;

The adoption of GaN on Silicon 
technology for base stations

The transition to 5G communications, 
requiring more advanced CS materials

The adoption of high quality CS 
materials solutions enabled by cREO™ 
for wireless filters

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

8

Company No: 3745726

 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

Photonics 
Photonics refers to devices that emit or detect light, such 
as advanced laser and sensors.  They enable a wide range 
of  end  markets  in  the  communications,  consumer,  and 
industrial space.  This segment accounted for 31% of IQE’s 
wafer  sales  in  2017,  up  from  18%  in  2016.    This  is  IQE’s 
most rapidly growing segment.

There are two critical technologies 
in this segment:

•	

•	

Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting 
Lasers (“VCSEL”) -  the key enabling 
technology behind a number of 
high growth markets including 3D 
sensing, data communications, data 
centres, gesture recognition, health, 
cosmetics, illumination and heating 
applications. IQE is the market leader 
for outsourced VCSEL materials, 
which has been achieved by virtue 
of its technology leadership.  This 
includes the demonstration of VCSELs 
with record speeds, efficiencies and 
temperature performance.  In addition, 
with its 6” wafer capability IQE has been 
successful at enabling its customers 
to reduce significantly the unit cost 
of chips which is accelerating the 
adoption of this technology. 

Indium Phosphide (“InP”) – this 
technology enables fibre to the 
premises (“FTTX”).  The continued 
development of this technology to 
achieve higher performance at lower 
costs, plus the explosive growth in data 
traffic is leading to the extension of the 
fibre optic network “to the premises” – 
also known as “the last mile”.    IQE has 
developed advanced laser technologies 
with differentiated IP which underpins 
it high growth expectations for this 
business.

Photonics sales increased by 109% year-on-year, with 
H2 sales up more than 160% over prior year H2.  This 
reflects a strong ramp of VCSEL’s into a mass market 
consumer application through the second half of 2017.  
This was a unique achievement within the industry, 
as IQE leveraged its expertise of mass market supply 
to rapidly ramp the supply of this complex photonics 
material into unprecedented volumes.   The supply of 
materials into this ramp was delivered under multiple 
multi-year contracts.  

There is little doubt that sensing technologies, from 
facial recognition, to gesture recognition and LIDAR, 
will represent a major growth area in the near term 
and extending into the future. Some analysts have 

referred to this as the start of a “super cycle”.  Indeed, 
this is reflected in the breadth of product development 
programmes in which IQE is engaged, and which 
now span multiple Tier 1 OEM’s (directly and via chip 
customers) who are targeting mass market ramps in 3D 
sensing applications over the next 12 to 18 months.
However, VCSELs have many more applications beyond 
sensing, including fibre optics for data centres, industrial 
heating, and machine vision to name but a few.   IQE 
has built a strong technical lead in this market, which 
combined with its unparalleled track record for mass 
market delivery, positions IQE well for continuing strong 
growth.

Whilst VCSEL has been the star of the show, our InP 
business continues to perform well.  This market is being 
driven by the need for higher speed, higher capacity 
fibre optic systems to address continuing growth in 
data traffic.  As a result, more sophisticated materials 
solutions are becoming critical to achieve higher levels 
of performance.  To address this evolving market, IQE 
has developed novel technologies which enable higher 
performance with lower cost of manufacture. This 
includes an innovative solution for Distributed Feedback 
Lasers (DFB’s) for high speed FTTX chips.   We are 
engaged in qualifications with several customers for this 
technology, which are expected to ramp into production 
over the next 6-12 months.

The photonics business is expected to grow at a rate of 
35%-60% in the near term based on products currently 
in production.  The introduction of new technologies 
provide potential for higher growth rates, and therefore 
we will highlight new technologies as these reach 
commercial adoption.

InfraRed
IQE is a global leader in the supply of indium antimonide 
and gallium antimonide wafers for advanced infrared 
technology, primarily “see in the dark” defence 
applications. We are the technology leader with the 
launch of the industry’s first 150mm indium antimonide 
wafers, a major milestone in reducing the overall cost of 
chips to drive increasing adoption. This has enabled the 
business to secure several contract wins and drive sales 
growth.   We expect this business to continue to grow 
between 5%-15% with its current product range.

Beyond defence, the InfraRed division has been 
successful in broadening is customer engagements 
into product development for mass market consumer 
applications.  Indeed, we are now engaged with major 
OEM and device companies in developing InfraRed 
products for consumer applications including sensing.  
This provides potential for higher growth rates, and 
therefore we will highlight new technologies as these 
reach commercial adoption.

Advanced Solar (CPV)
Technologies which convert sunlight into electricity 
are also called PhotoVoltaics (or “PV”).  The prevalent 
solar technology is based on silicon material, which 
typically achieves a conversion of between 15%-18% 
of the suns energy into electricity.  IQE has been at the 
centre of developing solar materials using compound 
semiconductors, which can deliver much higher levels 
of efficiency.  This technology, which is also known 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

9

Company No: 3745726

 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

as Concentrating Photovoltaics, or “CPV”, can already 
deliver efficiencies in excess of 44%, and has a route 
map to much higher levels of efficiency.   Although this 
offers a lower overall cost of energy generation in sunny 
territories, the challenge in mass adoption is in reducing 
the end system install costs, which has been hampered 
by global macroeconomics.

The terrestrial market remains an exciting 
market opportunity, but as a result of the shifting 
macroeconomics, focus has shifted to the space market, 
where these advanced materials are used to power 
satellites where the higher efficiency has a dramatic cost 
benefit on payload. Product qualifications are underway 
with leading satellite manufacturers, paving the way for 
commercial revenues, therefore we will highlight new 
technologies as these reach commercial adoption.

Power
Gallium Nitride on Silicon (GaN on Si) is driving a 
technology shift in the multi-billion dollar power 
switching and LED markets.  IQE has continued to 
push the technology boundaries and is making rapid 
progress both technically and in developing commercial 
relationships in the supply chain. The power switching 
market alone is approximately 3-4 times the size of the 
current wireless PA chip market, and represents a major 
growth opportunity for IQE.   IQE’s patented technology, 
cREO™, provides a significant competitive advantage in 
this space. We will highlight new technologies as these 
reach commercial adoption.

CMOS++
Future semiconductor technology architectures are 
moving strongly toward hybrid integrated chips using 
a combination of traditional CMOS based chips with 
Compound Semiconductor chips, all built on a silicon 
base wafer. This provides the market with the significant 
technical advantages of Compound Semiconductors 
at the cost point of silicon, and allows the CS industry 
to utilise the huge investment already made into 

large scale Silicon chip manufacturing. As a result, this 
greatly increases the available market for Compound 
Semiconductors. IQE has developed multiple routes to 
delivering this powerful new hybrid, and the addition 
of cREO™ and other IP provides unique solutions to 
achieving the end goal. IQE is involved in multiple 
programmes across the globe, which are developing the 
core technologies from which we expect highly significant 
revenue streams to emerge over the next 3-5 years.

Competitive advantage
IQE has built a strong leadership position in the market 
for CS materials.  This leadership has been built 
around an unparalleled breadth of IP, in contrast to 
IQE’s competitors who operate within the constraints 
of their narrow IP portfolios and inferior research and 
development capabilities.  Uniquely, this makes IQE 
a “one stop shop” for CS materials, at a time when 
the market is increasingly seeking multiple material 
solutions to meet expanding and diverse end markets.  
This represents a powerful competitive advantage for 
IQE in a market where qualification barriers are high, 
and microscopic variations in wafer crystals can have 
dramatic adverse operational and financial implications 
downstream.  

The operational and financial risks associated with 
variations between wafers creates the second layer 
of IQE’s defensive moat.  To provide context, every 
epitaxial tool has to be individually qualified in order to 
be released for production in any supply chain.  This is 
because the complexity of the technology creates an 
inherent risk of microscopic variations between wafers 
in the same production run, as well as from run-to-
run.  These variations can have dramatic and costly 
implications downstream.  Whilst there is a significant 
IP barrier in being able to produce these materials, 
there is an equally challenging IP barrier of controlling 
variations to be able to repeatedly and reliably produce 
high quality materials in high volume which enable high 
yields down stream.  Accordingly, customers are “sticky”, 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

10

Company No: 3745726

 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

a dramatically lower cost of production.

Capacity expansion
In November 2017, IQE announced the placing of 67.9 
million new ordinary shares, raising gross proceeds of 
approximately £95 million.  The fund raise was primarily 
to finance a capacity expansion programme to deliver 
the scale needed to capture multiple high growth market 
opportunities.  Of immediate significance is the ramp 
in demand for VCSELs.   In addition, the fund raising is 
enabling the acceleration of product development.

At the heart of the capacity expansion is the creation 
of a new foundry in Newport, South Wales.   This ‘Mega 
Foundry’ will house up to 100 tools, creating a facility 
with unparalleled capacity and economies of scale in the 
industry.  The first 5 tools are now in-situ and on track for 
production in H2 2018, a further 5 tools are scheduled 
for delivery in Q3.   Preparation is underway to call off a 
further 10 tools within the next 12-18 months.  

The establishment of the new foundry is being supported 
by the Cardiff City Region City Deal, which is funding the 
construction of the infrastructure.  IQE is leasing the 
building under an 11 year lease, which has a 3 year rent 
free period and an option to purchase.  This support 
has enabled IQE to focus its own investment on adding 
new tools, which requires upfront investment in both 
opex and capex.  The lead time to get new tools into 
production is approximately 9-12 months, from which 
time a fully utilised tool making VCSELs has a payback of 
c. 1 year.

Research, development and innovation

R&D activity 

Technology leadership lies at the heart of IQE’s strategy. 
This is supported by a culture of innovation and constant 
improvement. 

The Group is engaged in a number of research and 
development programmes in collaboration with 
customers, academia, research organisations and 
government agencies. 

These programmes are funded through a combination 
of internal cash generation, customer funding, and 
government support. 

Development programmes are geared towards next 
generation applications as well as process improvements 
leading to greater throughput, higher-quality products, 
better manufacturing yield, increased production uptime 
and new product development. 

which reflects why IQE had to use M&A to consolidate 
the wireless supply chain.  Moreover, in simple terms, IQE 
has shipped more wafers in mass production than any 
other epi foundry, giving it an unparalleled pedigree in 
the mass market.

Finally, as the largest outsource epi foundry IQE has 
created a competitive advantage through specialism and 
scale. Achieving low cost chip production necessitates 
high quality wafers, because wafer defects translate 
into lost capacity and low yields for chip makers.   As a 
materials specialist, IQE has developed the IP to make 
materials of the highest quality, and it has the accolades 
and market share to prove it.    As the materials specialist 
with the largest scale it has inherent economies of scale, 
a feature which IQE is about to intensify with its New 
foundry which will house up to 100 tools.  This is why 
the outsource model is prevalent in the more mature 
silicon industry, why the wireless market shifted from 
a horizontal to vertical model, and why the winner in 
the initial mass market ramp of VCSELs adopted an 
outsource strategy.   

However, we are not resting on our laurels.  IQE is 
leveraging the strength and depth of its IP portfolio to 
transition its business model from a “materials solutions 
company”, where we develop bespoke wafer solutions to 
customer defined specification, to an “innovative enabler” 
where IQE provides innovative material solutions to chip 
designers, enabling them to develop new chip designs 
which push the boundaries of performance and reduce 
the barriers of cost.   A couple of examples illustrate the 
power of this strategy:

Wireless “Front End Modules” – The Front End Module 
(FEM) refers to the communications module in a 
smartphone.  It is the FEM that performs all of the 
wireless communications.  The FEM is made up of many 
individual chips, which can essentially be grouped into 
Filters (for filtering out undesired wireless frequencies), 
Switches (for high speed, high efficiency switches), 
and Power Amplifiers (for high efficiency amplification 
of wireless signals).   Each of these three types of 
chips is made from different semiconductor materials 
technology.  The sweet spot for IQE has historically 
been the Power Amplifier, but it has also developed 
the technologies for Switches (SOI) and for Filters (AlN).   
Armed with its patented cREO™ technology, IQE has a 
clear route to combining these three material systems 
on a single wafer, which paves the way for the complete 
integration of the FEM on a single chip.  This would 
be highly disruptive. A FEM solution on a single chip 
would be more efficient, with a smaller footprint at a 
dramatically lower cost of production. 

3D sensing solutions – tear downs of the first 3D 
sensing solutions show a combination of technologies 
in a complex module:  a VCSEL light source, optical 
components, and silicon sensing components.  Again, 
IQE has the underlying materials technologies for these 
components, and the benefit of several patents including 
Quasi Photonic Crystals and Nanoimprint Lithography for 
wafer level optics.   So again, with its cREO™ technology, 
IQE has a route to integrating these technologies on a 
single wafer.   This would be highly disruptive as it would 
result in a 3D sensing solution on a single chip which 
would again be more efficient, with a smaller footprint at 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

11

Company No: 3745726

 
 
7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

Whilst many R&D programmes 
are subject to non-disclosure 
agreements and confidentiality, 
there are some programmes in the 
public domain, examples of which 
include: 

Integration of III-V with Si

Sb-based materials 

Quantum Technologies

Quantum Dot VCSELs

Dilute nitrides for lasers and SWIR 
detectors 

Multi junction CPV solar cells

Mixed nitride-antimonide-based 
detectors 

High power InP-based quantum 
cascade lasers

Graphene for RF electronics

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

A list of technical publications is available on the research 
pages of the IQE website at www.iqep.com.

IQE’s dedicated Technology Group manages the business’ 
impressive IP and patent portfolio.

Industry events 
IQE actively participates in major industry events and 
frequently chairs, hosts and presents technical papers at 
international conferences. 

During 2017 IQE hosted a number of events including 
VCSEL Day and a workshop on sensors, both of which 
attracted a wide range of industry experts from around 
the world.

Open Innovation
IQE is classified by the Welsh Government as an “Anchor 
Company” in acknowledgement of its status as an 
exemplar in terms of its global leadership. 

As an Anchor Company, IQE was invited by the Welsh 
Government to run an Open Innovation pilot programme 
which has been highly successful in establishing new 
technology networks to identify long-term opportunities. 

IQE’s open innovation programme, ‘OpenIQE’ is actively 
helping to boost regional economies by collaborating 
with industrial and academic partners to identify supply 
chain opportunities within Wales and across Europe. 

The Open IQE programme benefits IQE by raising the 
company’s profile throughout multiple supply chains and 
helps embed IQE’s technology within new and emerging 
markets.
Further details about IQE’s open innovation programme 
can be found on a dedicated website: www.openiqe.com

CoInnovate 
A product of IQE’s open innovation programme 
“CoInnovate” has become a major event in the Welsh 
conference calendar. The third CoInnovate conference 
was held in Cardiff, UK in January 2018 and attracted 
around 300 delegates from a mix of large businesses, 
SMEs and academics. The conference is organised by 
IQE and jointly sponsored by the Welsh Government, 
academic partners as well as IQE and industrial partners 
including Airbus, GE Healthcare and General Dynamics.

The CoInnovate conference website is at: www.
coinnovate.co.uk

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

12

Company No: 3745726

 
 
Outlook

Year of opportunity
The Group’s technology and market leadership, and its strong pipeline of high 
growth opportunities positions it uniquely to capitalize on its high-growth 
potential over the coming years.

After a significant ramp in production during the second-half of 2017, the 
current financial year has started in line with expectations. The outlook for the 
full year is for continuing growth.  The Board anticipates that the group will 
continue to benefit from strong growth opportunities during this year and in 
future years. 

7
1
0
2
f
o
w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

13

Company No: 3745726

 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Strategic report

Celebrating success
The Group is committed to generating 
shareholder value by delivering increased 
revenues and profitability from continued 
investment in IP as well as through the 
development of new products and services for 
our global markets and delivering long-term 
sustainable revenues at high margins.

Our vision
To be the global number one provider of 
advanced semiconductor materials.

Our strategy
To use our technology leadership and scale 
to deliver the performance, cost points and 
security of supply required for mass market 
adoption of advanced semiconductor materials.

Our delivery
Number one provider of compound 
semiconductor wafer products by market share 
and scale - clear technology leader with an 
unparalleled breadth of technology. Leading the 
advancement of new materials

Business model

Outsourcing pioneer 
The first industrial revolution ushered in an era of large, 
vertically integrated enterprises. During the middle of 
the 20th century, process specialisation became a major 
competitive advantage and saw the introduction of 
outsourcing. 

New industry sectors may adopt vertically integrated 
business models out of necessity, but as those 
industries mature, specialisation becomes a key strategic 
advantage. 

Smart specialisation 
Early silicon chip manufacturers found it necessary to set 
up complete vertically integrated supply chains to source 
each part of the production process from raw materials 
through to a final packaged product. 

As the silicon chip industry matured, the sector saw the 
emergence of businesses specialising in different parts 
of the process to the extent that there now exist a large 
number of “fabless” companies who outsource the entire 
production process to large specialists such as TSMC and 
Global Foundries. 

Pioneering specialisation within the compound 
semiconductor industry 
The compound semiconductor industry shares 
similar attributes with the silicon chip industry. Some 
of the processes such as epitaxy require large scale 

investment, complex infrastructure support in the 
form of cleanrooms, environmental controls and most 
importantly, highly specialised skills and expertise. 

In 1988, IQE, then EPI, became the first compound 
semiconductor materials company to recognise the 
potential value in offering specialised outsourcing of 
compound semiconductor wafers and has witnessed an 
increasing trend towards this model over its thirty year 
history. 

By specialising in the complex epitaxy process, IQE offers 
its customers economies of scale, access to leading edge 
technology at the same time as leaving them with the 
ability to do what they do best: design and refine their 
products. 

The high level of investment means that IQE’s business 
is highly operationally geared which facilitates significant 
scope for profitability once sales contribution exceeds 
fixed costs. The last decade has demonstrated an 
unprecedented number of key industry suppliers 
selecting outsourcing as a key business advantage. As 
the world’s leading outsource supplier of compound 
semiconductor wafer products and services, IQE offers its 
customers:

A global footprint 
IQE’s operations span the US, Asia and Europe which 
reflects the geographical diversity of our customer base. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

15

Company No: 3745726

 
Photonics
The proportion of sales generated from photonics 
products rapidly accelerated during the second-half of 
2017, accounting for 31% of the Group’s wafer sales in 
2017, up from 18% in 2016. 

The photonics market covers 
applications that either emit 
or detect light. We segment the 
photonics market into: 

Emitters and detectors

Solar (CPV)

Lighting

•	

•	

•	

Emitters include laser and LED based devices that emit 
light. Lasers broadly further sub-divide into edge emitters 
and surface emitters.

Edge-emitting lasers represent the base technology that 
has been traditionally used in applications such as optical 
communications and CD/DVD storage devices.

Surface emitting lasers are highly complex epitaxial 
structures that allow light to be emitted vertically rather 
than horizontally. IQE has been highly active in the 
development and commercialisation of the vertical cavity 
surface emitting laser (VCSEL) and enjoys a unique world-
leading position in this technology that is a key enabler 
in new and emerging markets such as 3D sensing and 
LIDAR for autonomous vehicles. 

Infrared
Infrared sales accounted for 8% of the Group’s sales in 
2017, approximately the same proportion as in 2016. 
The Infrared market uses indium antimonide (InSb) and 
gallium antimonide (GaSb) engineered materials that 
enable high resolution Infrared systems. 

Whilst key markets are currently limited to defence 
applications, IQE is actively engaged with tier 1 OEMs 
working on major new opportunities to migrate infrared 
“see in the dark” technologies into consumer markets.

CMOS++
The CMOS++ market combines the advanced properties 
of compound semiconductors with the low cost of silicon.

t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

This allows IQE to be positioned close to its customers 
and to build and maintain strong, long-term relationships 
and partnerships.

Breadth of technology 
As a pioneer of compound semiconductor technology, 
IQE has developed an unparalleled and comprehensive 
breadth of technology and advanced production 
platforms.

Technology leadership 
Through organic development and through acquisition, 
IQE has established clear technology leadership and 
created a virtuous circle, which continues to attract the 
brightest and best talent in our industry.

Intellectual property
IQE has and continues to develop a world leading 
IP portfolio through a combination of innovative 
development programmes as well as by acquisition. 
Our IP is becoming increasingly attractive to customers 
wishing to access IQE’s vast technical experience and 
expertise to develop and exploit new opportunities in 
new and emerging markets. Our IP continues to add 
significant value to our product and service offering for 
both existing customers and the large number of new 
entrants to global technology markets and will become 
even more significant as we transition from a “materials 
solutions company”, in to an “innovative enabler.”

Cost leadership 
In the electronics industry, cost leadership is achieved 
through advanced technology and scale. IQE has 
developed leadership in both.

Security of supply 
Confidence in a secure supply is critical to the supply 
chains in which IQE operates. IQE offers its customers 
identical supply from multiple locations for all its core 
technologies, allowing it to be a primary and trusted 
supplier to its customers.

Our markets
The Group has established six Business Units along 
market lines, to address its primary markets: Wireless, 
Photonics, Infrared and CMOS++; and its emerging 
markets: Solar and Power.

We report our wireless, photonics, infrared and CMOS++ 
revenues and Adjusted Operating Profit within our 
segmental analysis whilst the emerging markets of power 
control and solar are not yet significant enough to be 
separated in our segmental reporting. 

Wireless
Whilst wireless sales remained broadly flat year-on-
year, the sector accounted for 60% of the Group’s sales 
in 2017, down from 69% in 2016 primarily due to the 
rapid growth in photonics. The wireless market covers 
electronic radio-frequency (RF) devices that enable 
wireless communications. Our markets include, but are 
not limited to, mobile communications (smartphones), 
base stations, mobile networks, WiFi, smart metering, 
satellite navigation, and a plethora of other connected 
devices.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

16

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

With the roots of our IP in trade secrets, we inevitably 
initially monetised our IP through wafer sales.  However, 
we made no secret of our strategy to build an 
increasingly diverse IP portfolio, which, over time would 
naturally lead to the commercialisation of our IP through 
new channels, including licensing.  Initially realising 
license income through JV’s, we see many opportunities 
to expand our model to third party license streams 
over the next few years, and in due course for this to 
represent a major part of our business.

Our progress in executing this strategy is clear.  From 
only a handful of patents 10 years ago, we have 
successfully built a portfolio of advanced materials IP 
which sets us apart in our industry.  Today, we have the 
benefit of over 180 patents, which we will continue to 
develop and expand both organically and inorganically.  
Indeed, we have created a virtuous circle with the critical 
mass for this model to be self-fulfilling and sustaining: we 
attract the best talent in our industry, which, combined 
with the best routes to commercialisation attracts the 
best technology development partners, and so the cycle 
continues.  Add to this the progress being made by our 
JV’s, and the power of the CS Cluster that is gathering 
momentum, and you begin to see how we are bringing 
our vision to life.

Further details on the performance of each market 
sector are shown in the business review section of this 
annual report.

Our KPIs are highlighted on page 39 of this report.

We further segment the CMOS++ 
market into:

Power control

Advanced materials

•	

•	

The key advantages of compound 
semiconductors are that they:

•	

•	

•	

are much more efficient at emitting and 
processing high-speed wireless signals 

are much more efficient at emitting and 
sensing light

operate at much higher speeds and 
lower power consumption

It is these advanced properties which determine the top 
level high margin markets for our materials.

IQE has developed multiple routes to delivering this 
powerful new hybrid technology with the addition of 
cREO™ and other IP and the Group is involved in multiple 
programmes across the globe, which are developing the 
core technologies from which we expect highly significant 
revenue streams to emerge over the next 3-5 years.

License Income
License income, which represented 1% (2016: 5%) of 
revenues reduced from £6.7m to £1.9m as expected, 
reflecting that 2016 included a significant portion of up 
front license fees. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

17

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Our business

Epitaxy 101

The elements 
Everything in the universe is made of 118 known 
elements. The periodic table, first published in 1869 
by Dmitri Mendeleev, shows the elements arranged in 
groups or columns according to their properties.

In terms of electrical properties, the elements up to 
and including those in group III are in general, known 
as metals and tend to be good conductors of electricity, 
whilst those from group V and above are generally non-
metals and tend to be poor conductors of electricity.

Between the metals and non-metals, (and generally in 
group IV), are elements whose electrical properties are 
somewhere between conducting and non-conducting 
(insulating). These elements, which include silicon and 
germanium, are known as semiconductors.   

The behaviour of semiconducting elements was 
discovered during the 19th century and it later became 
known through experimentation that their electrical 
properties could be altered by adding very small amounts 
of different impurities and that by placing together two 
pieces of material with different impurities, an electrical 
current could be controlled by allowing it to flow in one 
direction but not the other.

The semiconductor age is born
It was in 1947 that William Shockley, John Bardeen and 
Walter Brattain, working at Bell Labs, built the World’s 
first transistor using the element germanium. 

During the two decades that followed, the ability to 
control electrical currents using semiconductors 
allowed engineers to develop a range of new electronic 
technologies.

The evolution of silicon
Whilst germanium is a very efficient semiconductor 
material, the ready availability of silicon (basically sand) 
made for a compelling low-cost alternative and hence a 
new industry was born that has, for the last five-decades, 
transformed our lives in so many ways.

Silicon has been the backbone of the electronics 
revolution from the 1960s, largely by virtue of continuous 

miniaturisation which has led to an exponential increase 
in technological performance - a concept notably 
observed by one of the founders of Intel, Gordon Moore, 
and known as “Moore’s Law”.

Bring on the compound semiconductors
Impressive as the impact of silicon has been on our lives, 
being a single element, it has a very basic and limited 
set of properties that restricts its application in many 
new and emerging technology areas that demand ultra-
high performance levels along with sensing and other 
capabilities. 

By atomically engineering crystal structures that combine 
elements either side of those in group IV of the periodic 
table (eg groups III and V), a set of new semiconductor 
materials has emerged whose enhanced properties offer 
significant capability and performance improvements 
over those of silicon alone. 

These compound semiconductors enable high speed 
processing in excess of 100 times that of silicon, as 
well as an array of other properties including the ability 
to emit and sense light, all the way from the infrared, 
through the visible and into the ultra-violet part of the 
spectrum.

Compound semiconductors have already complimented 
silicon in areas such as wireless communications, where 
chips made from material combinations such as gallium 
and arsenic (gallium arsenide, or GaAs) are found in 
virtually every smartphone where they enable high 
speed, high efficiency wireless communications in cellular 
and WiFi networks.

Other properties offered by compound semiconductor 
materials include the ability to emit and sense light in 
the form of general lighting (LEDs) and communications 
(lasers and receivers for fibre-optics). 

The photonic and power efficiency properties offered by 
compound semiconductors that could not be achieved 
with silicon alone, will enable technologies essential in 
areas such as safety and security systems, healthcare 
technologies, aerospace and automotive applications 
including electrically powered and autonomous vehicles.
It is our ability to harness the advanced properties of 
the full range of semiconducting materials that will drive 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

18

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

the digital revolution for generations to come. Welcome 
to the world of advanced, compound semiconductors. 
Compound semiconductors are the DNA of next 
generation technologies.

Epitaxy
IQE’s core business is the manufacture of compound 
semiconductor wafers or “epiwafers” using a process 
called epitaxy.

The epitaxial growth process is a nanotechnology 
whereby complex atomic structures are produced under 
strictly controlled conditions. The end product is a pure, 
crystalline, semiconductor wafer upon which complex 
structures comprising many individual atomic layers are 
grown.

These epitaxial layers uniquely define the wireless, 
photonic and electronic performance of our epiwafers 
which are then processed by our customers to produce 
the “chips” that are found in virtually all of today’s 
technology devices and gadgets.

Epitaxy is the first key stage in the process of 
manufacturing the critical components in a wide range 
of devices from mobile handsets to solar cells, lasers 
and LEDs, and it requires high specification cleanrooms, 
sophisticated production tools and high levels of process 
knowhow and intellectual property.

IQE produces atomically engineered layers of crystalline 
materials containing a variety of semiconductor 
materials such as gallium, arsenic, aluminium, indium 
and phosphorous. The layers are grown onto a crystal 
substrate or wafer and the finished product containing 
the wafer and its atomically modified surface is known 
as an epiwafer. It is the number of layers, their atomic 
composition and the order in which they are grown that 
determines the precise physical, electronic and optical 
properties of the material. An epiwafer can include 
hundreds of individual layers, each of which may be as 
thin as two or three atoms.

IQE’s IP and process know-how is the science  and 
technology behind the materials and the way in which the 
atomic structures can be manufactured to yield the wide 
range of wireless, photonic and electronic properties 
that are essential in today’s electronically enabled age.

The stage is set
Change is a constant in our world. The inexorable drive 
for electronic devices to continue to achieve higher 
levels of functionality, speed, performance and efficiency 
will unquestionably necessitate the increasing use of 
more sophisticated semiconductor materials. These 
advanced semiconductors are enabling a range of new 
mass market applications such as gesture recognition 
and short range optical communication and at the same 
time disrupting some existing large markets such as solar 
energy and power switching.  We expect that this rate of 
change will continue to accelerate.

We have established a global manufacturing platform 
and a breadth of IP and know how relating to the design 
and manufacture of advanced materials that is second to 
none.   We have been unwavering in our vision and have 
developed a robust strategy which gives us confidence 
over the growth prospects of the business and our ability 
to create shareholder value.

Enabling new and emerging technologies
Semiconductors in the form of both silicon and 
compound semiconductors, form the heart of many of 
today’s technologies. Without semiconductors, many 
devices and applications that we rely on simply would not 
exist, yet these atomically engineered materials go largely 
unnoticed amongst the end user brands with which we 
are so familiar.

Semiconductors are a key enabling technology that 
feed into multiple supply chains feeding a wide range 
of market sectors including: aerospace, healthcare 
technologies, safety & security, big data and the Internet 
of Things (IoT), energy efficiency (generation and 
consumption), robotics and automotive products.

Global presence

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

19

Company No: 3745726

AsiaTaiwanSingaporeEUROPEUK (4 locations)USAPennsylvaniaMassachusettsNorth CarolinaNew JerseyWashington 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Innovation through collaboration

Building high-tech clusters
Intellectual property relating to advanced materials is 
playing an increasingly important role in the evolution 
of the semiconductor industry, it is widely accepted 
that advanced materials are needed to overcome the 
challenges and realise the opportunities facing the 
electronics industry.

Technology leadership through IP has always been 
at the heart of IQE’s strategy.  Indeed, as a pioneer of 
CS technology over the past 30 years, IQE has built 
an enviable global reputation in the industry for the 
breadth and depth of its materials technologies and 
capabilities. It’s clear from IQE’s many engagements 
with leading universities, start-ups, leading chip makers 
and established global electronics giants, that IQE has 
succeeded in establishing itself as the ‘go to’ place for 
advanced materials, supporting its customers from 
research and development through to high-volume 
manufacturing. The growing strength of IQE’s IP is 
reflected in how its relationships within the supply chain 
have evolved.  Historically, IQE was only engaged by the 
chip makers, whereas it now regularly engages directly 
with a number of Tier 1 OEMs.

It is well understood that collaboration is a powerful tool 
in accelerating innovation.  The benefits are even greater 
when whole ecosystems “cluster” in the same location, 
breaking down the barriers created by geography and 
time zones.  Indeed, Silicon Valley in California is a prime 
example of how the benefit of clustering can propel an 
industry to a global platform.

It is the benefits of collaboration and clustering that 
underpin IQE’s strategic rationale for the joint ventures 
in the UK and Singapore, and its highly successful Open 
Innovation Programme (openiqe.com).  Moreover, IQE 
has been at the heart of creating the CS Cluster in South 
Wales, which is the first of its kind globally. This new 
cluster is accelerating research into novel technologies, 
product development and innovation. The CS cluster, 
which is branded as CSconnected, follows considerable 
high-level thinking across government, industry and 
academia, as well as significant private and public 
sector investment to establish top-class facilities and 
infrastructure to support activities along the technology 
development chain from blue-sky research to high-
volume production. 

The journey started in 2015, when Cardiff University 
announced an investment of around £75 million in 
the Institute of Compound Semiconductors (ICS). The 
announcement was followed by a £24 million joint 
venture between IQE Plc and Cardiff University to form 
the Compound Semiconductor Centre (CSC), allowing 
businesses and academics to demonstrate production-
ready CS materials reducing time-to-market and cost. 
The facilities at the CSC are being complemented by new 
materials research, fabrication and testing at the ICS. 

2016 saw the announcement by Innovate UK of a 
£50 million investment to establish the Compound 
Semiconductor Applications Catapult (CSAC), located in 
South East Wales; a world-class, open-access R&D facility 

to support businesses across the UK in exploiting novel 
CS technologies in key application areas. 

In addition to IQE, other organisations in the region 
include Newport Wafer Fab (an open access chip 
foundry), and SPTS (Orbotech) who design, manufacture 
and support a range of wafer processing tools for 
the semiconductor and microelectronics industries. 
Downstream capabilities include Microsemi’s Advanced 
Packaging business, delivering novel solutions for 
miniaturised electronic circuits with wireless connectivity. 

High-volume manufacturing is also certainly on the 
agenda for the cluster; in September 2017, IQE, Welsh 
and UK Governments and the Cardiff Capital Region 
City Deal ratified the development of the Compound 
Semiconductor Foundry in an historic signing ceremony. 

The signing followed an agreement in May 2017 by 
the Cardiff Capital Region (CCR) Regional Cabinet to 
contribute £37.9 million from the CCR City Deal’s Wider 
Investment Fund towards the establishment of a state-
of-the-art foundry for high-end production of compound 
semiconductors. The CCR City Deal seeks to position the 
region as the global leader in CS-enabled applications, 
which was initiated by a £12 million investment from the 
Welsh Government. 

In addition, Cardiff University was awarded £10 million 
by the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research 
Council (EPSRC) to lead the EPSRC Manufacturing 
Hub in Future Compound Semiconductors that will 
combine and connect the UK research excellence in 
compound semiconductors, with translational facilities 
at the new CSAC Catapult to provide a pathway from 
research through to device and application testing and 
qualification. 

A number of projects are already underway within 
the CSconnected cluster, such as improving VCSEL 
manufacturing efficiencies, nanoimprint lithography for 
laser diodes and enabling miniaturised atomic clocks 
using VCSEL pump sources, with both the latter projects 
worth over £1m.

The collaborative environment fosters strong working 
relationships to encourage sharing of knowledge and 
ideas. The organisations involved are enthusiastic about 
the future. CSconnected is open for business. 

In addition to generating new IP through collaborative 
partnership, IQE continues to build on its already broad 
IP portfolio in areas such as cREO™, whilst also acquiring 
strategic IP such as the purchase and assignment 
of a portfolio of patents relating to Quasi Photonic 
Crystal technologies from the Taiwan based Luxtaltek 
Corporation announced in December 2017.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

20

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

CSR, health, safety and environmental

Code of business conduct, ethics and anti- corruption 
Our business conduct policy sets out the values and 
standards of behaviour expected from all employees. 
It addresses expectations relating to the day-to-day 
conduct of business as representatives of IQE. The policy 
also deals with how employees can report any concerns 
that may arise. 

The policy actively promotes corporate social 
responsibility across our organisation. It addresses local, 
national and international initiatives and how we work 
with a wide range of third party organisations in areas 
such as ethical employment policies, educational and 
community work. 

It sets out the responsibilities of employees in ensuring 
that they carry out their business activities in a manner 
aligned with IQE’s values and business principles and 
which attract the respect of colleagues and business 
partners. All staff are required to ensure that they comply 
with all relevant laws and regulations of the countries 
in which we operate and do business. The policy also 
clarifies behaviours that are unacceptable, and which 
could bring IQE’s reputation into disrepute. 

The policy contains guidance on avoiding conflicts of 
interest, confidentiality, adherence to export controls, our 
approach to gifts and hospitality, bribery and corruption 
and managing relationships with third parties. 

Upholding the policy is the responsibility of all IQE 
employees. We encourage everyone to report any 
behaviour which may be in breach of the Code, is 
unethical or illegal. This is achieved by fostering a culture 
of openness and accountability, and by providing a clear 
procedure that enables any individual to raise breaches 
of policy or malpractice directly at the highest level. 

All those working for or on behalf of IQE are required 
to confirm that they have read and understood the 
business conduct policy, and a copy of the policy is 
readily available to all employees on the Group’s intranet. 

Commercial business practices 
We are committed to acting professionally, fairly and with 
integrity in all our business dealings and relationships. 

Every effort is made to ensure we adopt best business 
practice, which includes: 

In our dealings with customers: 

•	

•	

•	

•	

Being open and honest about 
our products and services and 
communicating with customers all 
appropriate information they need to 
make informed decisions; 

Ensuring that any issues or problems 
are dealt with efficiently, with fairness 
and in a timely manner; 

Working closely with customers and 
potential customers to help us improve 
the value of the products and services 
we offer them; 

Ensuring that we benchmark and 
evaluate what we do in order to 
continuously improve products and 
services in the marketplace. 

In our dealings with suppliers 

•	

•	

•	

•	

Identifying and selecting suppliers using 
fair and reasonable methodologies; 

Identifying and using suppliers who 
operate to ethical business standards; 

Identifying and using local suppliers 
where possible; 

Working closely with suppliers to help 
us improve the value of the products 
and services we offer customers to the 
benefit of the supply chain. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

21

Company No: 3745726

     
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

In our relationships with employees 
and other stakeholders 

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

Ensuring employment practices 
throughout the Group are fair and 
in full compliance with employment 
legislation; 

Working with and supporting local and 
national charities; 

Encouraging volunteer work in 
community activities; 

Supporting local academic 
establishments; and 

Participating in voluntary business 
advisory services via professional 
bodies.   

As a company trading on AIM, a market operated by 
The London Stock Exchange plc, IQE is not eligible to 
participate in the London Stock Exchange FTSE4 Good 
programme, but nevertheless maintains standards 
and applies the principles of this index. The Group also 
actively engages with a number of industry groups, 
educational bodies and charities to promote science and 
technology and to help contribute to community causes. 

Confidentiality 
Our business conduct policy emphasises the essential 
need for confidentiality in all of our dealings. Maintaining 
confidentiality is engrained in our culture. Our policy 
and practice ensures that all staff fully understand what 
constitutes confidential information and restricts internal 
access on a need to know basis. Information relating to 
third parties is not disclosed without the third parties’ 
written consent. 

Data protection
Closely linked to our policies on confidentiality is the 
way that we treat personal data. IQE complies with 
the requirements of data protection legislation and is 
undertaking a range of activities including group-wide 
training, data audits and risk assessments, to ensure 
full compliance with the new General Data Protection 
Regulations (GDPR) that come into force on 25 May 2018.

Bribery Act 
We implement and enforce effective systems to uphold 
our zero tolerance approach to bribery and corruption. 
To ensure we only work with third parties whose 
standards are consistent with our own, all agents and 
third parties who act on behalf of the Group are obliged 
by written agreement to comply with the standards set 
out in the Code. A programme of supplier audits exists to 
ensure suppliers adhere to IQE’s standards. 

Human rights 
IQE is committed to respecting the human rights of all 
those working with or for us. We do not accept any form 
of child or forced labour and we will not do business with 
anyone who fails to uphold these standards. 

Modern Slavery 
The Modern Slavery Act addresses the role of businesses 
in preventing modern slavery within their organisation 
and in their supply chains. 

The Company has a zero-tolerance approach to modern 
slavery and is committed to acting ethically and with 
integrity in all of its business dealings and relationships 
and to implementing and enforcing effective systems and 
controls to ensure modern slavery is not taking place 
anywhere in its business or in any of its supply chains. 

The company has developed and implemented policies 
to comply with the requirements of the UK’s Modern 
Slavery Act. Reference to the policy may be found on the 
corporate website at www.iqep.com. 

How we invest in our people and our communities 
Our success depends on our people. The Group 
recognises the importance of its employees and in 
effective teamwork in enabling us to achieve our 
corporate goals. 

Our values 
IQE has grown organically and through a number of 
successful acquisitions, which has bought together the 
“best of the best” in our industry. We believe that our 
teamwork and collaboration is a powerful competitive 
advantage that keeps us at the cutting edge of 
technology and drives constant improvement throughout 
our organisation. 

At the foundation of our 
organisation is teamwork and our 
common shared values. Our values 
define who we are, and how we 
operate. They clearly underpin 
the expectations we have of all 
employees and in everything we do: 

•	

•	

•	

•	

Integrity - behaving ethically, safely, 
honestly and lawfully 

Accountability - working to clear and 
mutually accepted responsibilities; 
hands on management and decision 
making 

Excellence - striving for excellence 
in all we do; focus on continuous 
improvement 

Valuing People - treating people with 
respect and dignity; communicating 
with clarity and honesty; providing 
opportunities for people to reach their 
potential 

•	

Teamwork - working collaboratively 
towards common goals

We strive to make IQE a “great place to work” where our 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

22

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

trained and supported. We aim to provide personal 
and professional development opportunities for all staff 
throughout their employment. 

In delivering the Group’s strategy, the Board and 
Executive Committee set clear Key Strategic Objectives 
for the group. These objectives underpin clear roles 
and responsibilities, reporting lines, and detailed action 
plans which form part of our employees personal and 
company performance objectives. This ensures that each 
employee has clear objectives and understands how they 
contribute to the overall success of the team and the 
Group. 

We believe in providing fair, balanced and constructive 
feedback in real-time. Through this we aim to bring 
personal development “to life” and promote a culture 
of learning and development. This is supported by an 
annual appraisal process, which provides the opportunity 
to take stock, recognise success and support areas 
for development. To ensure the effectiveness of our 
annual appraisals, we provide regular training to both 
reviewees and reviewers in their respective roles and 
responsibilities, and we are building a ”training library” 
of easily accessible training solutions covering a variety 
of self-help, internal training and external development 
solutions. 

We recognise that our continuing commercial success 
is dependent upon our ability to attract, retain, motivate 
and nurture the best talent in our industry. As the 
foundation for this, we are committed to promoting an 
environment and culture which provides for life-long 
learning.

Community engagement 
IQE actively engages with local communities at each of its 
facilities from sponsoring charitable events to providing 
sports kits to schools. 

IQE’s staff are encouraged to participate in various events 
from volunteering work such as Massachusetts volunteer 
programmes including “Necessities of Life” to activities 
including marathon running and a 5,000 mile bicycle ride 
“Heart Across America” raising money and awareness for 
heart disease and stroke.  US – “Toys for Tots” toy drive 
(donating 8 boxes of toys) and a US Food Drive (collecting 
over 800 lbs of food!).

values are not just words but the behaviours that we 
live by each day, every day. This is aimed at providing an 
environment of mutual respect, where we are all valued 
for our contribution and everyone is proud to be part of 
“Team IQE”. 

We pursue equality of opportunity in all employment 
practices, policies and procedures regardless of race, 
nationality, gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation, 
disability and religious or political beliefs. As part of our 
policies, we set out our approach to diversity. 

Bonus plan 
All employees participate in our bonus plan, which is 
designed to reward high levels of performance. The plan 
rewards the achievement of clearly defined objectives. 
These objectives are agreed up front based on the Key 
Strategic Objectives set by the Board and create clarity 
for all staff of the “cause and effect” of their achievements 
with their reward. 

Spot awards 
‘Spot awards’ are modest awards issued monthly to any 
member of staff who has gone “above and beyond” their 
duties for the benefit of the company. They represent a 
means of providing timely recognition and a “thank you” 
to promote a culture of “going the extra mile” to get the 
job done and achieve excellence. Any member of staff 
can recommend a colleague for a spot award. These 
recommendations are moderated to ensure fairness and 
consistency of approach. During 2017, across the group, 
103 spot awards were issued. 

Teamphoria© 
Teamphoria© is a software solution which promotes staff 
engagement within the group. This software provides a 
quick and easy communications forum for our employees 
to share feedback, share ideas and promote teamwork. 
For example, it allows any member of staff to recognise 
a job well done by a colleague, raise questions, share 
frustrations, or make a suggestion for improvement, 
and all in real- time. It promotes an open culture and 
encourages timely communication across functions and 
from top-to-bottom within the organisation. 

This has been a useful tool in promoting open 
communication and teamwork, and in reinforcing our 
culture and values. 

Share options 
The company operates a share incentive scheme that is 
open to all employees. The IQE Plc Share Option Scheme 
allows the company to grant options over up to 15% of 
the issued share capital. Periodically the Remuneration 
Committee approves the award of options to employees 
within the rules of the share option scheme. These 
options are subject to performance conditions. 

Personal and professional development and 
performance management 
We aim to support all employees to develop to their full 
potential and enjoy a rewarding and fulfilling career at 
IQE. We are committed to recognising, encouraging and 
developing talent across all aspects of our organisation. 
We value and encourage self-development and life-long 
learning. We believe in matching the right people to the 
right roles and in ensuring that they are appropriately 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

23

Company No: 3745726

 
 
Other organisations in the region include IQE Plc, a 
leading provider of CS wafers and SPTS, a company 
that designs, manufactures and supports a range of 
wafer processing tools for the semiconductor and 
microelectronics industries. Downstream capabilities 
include Newport Wafer Fab Ltd., the UK’s largest chip 
foundry and Microsemi’s Advanced Packaging business, 
delivering novel solutions for miniaturised electronic 
circuits with wireless connectivity. 

A number of projects are already underway within 
CSconnected, such as improving VCSEL manufacturing 
efficiencies, nanoimprint lithography for laser diodes and 
enabling miniaturised atomic clocks using VCSEL pump 
sources, with both the latter projects worth over £1m. 

The collaborative environment fosters strong working 
relationships to encourage sharing of knowledge and 
ideas. The organisations involved are enthusiastic about 
the future and CSconnected is open for business. 

All in all, the region is gaining global recognition as being 
a highly active, global centre in the field of compound 
semiconductors.

CS connected is an evolving Compound Semiconductor 
cluster based in and around South Wales. Visit www.
csconnected.com for more information.

t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Education engagement 
IQE actively engages with a number of schools, colleges 
and universities around the World and is actively 
promoting and encouraging the take up of science, 
technology, engineering and maths (STEM) subjects 
through a number of initiatives. In the UK, IQE is engaged 
with STEMNET, where IQE STEM Ambassadors participate 
in a variety of educational events with a particular 
emphasis on addressing the gender imbalance in 
engineering disciplines. 

IQE’s Cardiff facility is participating in a “Business in the 
Community (BITC)” Programme comprising a number 
of schools and businesses in a partnership cluster to 
form strong links between schools and local businesses. 
BITC activities include workshops and competitions 
with science and technology based themes as well as 
other business related sessions ranging from interview 
techniques to marketing and social media awareness.

Cluster activities 
IQE has established a reputation for collaboration with 
supply chain partners, academics and government 
agencies through its OpenIQE programme and is actively 
driving the formation of technology clusters. 

The UK, and in particular, Wales, is home to a growing 
number of organisations and businesses that are active 
in the increasingly important compound semiconductor 
industry sector. 

The World’s first cluster on CS technologies and 
applications, established here in the UK, will accelerate 
research into novel technologies, product development 
and innovation. CSconnected is the brand name for the 
emerging compound semiconductor cluster that follows 
considerable high-level thinking across government, 
industry and academia, as well as significant investment 
to establish top-class facilities and infrastructure to 
support activities along Technology Readiness Level 
scale. 

In 2015, Cardiff University announced the establishment 
of the Institute of Compound Semiconductors (ICS) 
followed by the announcement of a joint venture 
between IQE Plc and Cardiff University to form the 
Compound Semiconductor Centre (CSC), allowing 
businesses and academics to demonstrate production-
ready CS materials reducing time-to-market. The facilities 
at the CSC will be complemented by new materials 
research, fabrication and testing at the ICS. 

2016 saw the £50 million investment by Innovate UK to 
establish the Compound Semiconductor Applications 
(CSA) Catapult, located in South East Wales; a world-
class, open-access R&D facility to support businesses 
across the UK in exploiting novel CS technologies in key 
application areas. 

Cardiff University was awarded £10 million by the 
Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council 
(EPSRC) to lead the EPSRC Manufacturing Hub in 
Future Compound Semiconductors that will combine 
and connect the UK research excellence in compound 
semiconductors, with translational facilities at the 
new CSA Catapult to provide a pathway from research 
through to device and application testing and 
qualification. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

24

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Employee wellness 
As part of our employee welfare responsibilities, we aim 
to promote wellbeing, and provide practical wellness 
support for our staff. 

In 2016, we initiated an employee education programme 
to support our staff making healthy lifestyle choices. 
This programme offers healthy lifestyle support and 
advice, and encourages better health and wellbeing 
for all employees.  Our wellness programme aims to 
support individuals in making small sustainable changes 
to improve wellbeing. We aim to improve sustainability 
by working in groups and making events fun. A great 
example was our ‘Walking Works Challenge’, which was 
won by Brian Ruchert from our Spokane facility, who 
walked 796 miles (over 1,587,609 steps) in a 12-week 
period. To assist our employees to be proactive about 
their health we also provide regular health checks, and 
offer access to medical assistance through a number of 
programmes. 

Communities and Charity 
As a significant employer in some of the locations in 
which we operate, we recognise the opportunity we have 
to make a positive contribution to our local communities. 
Therefore, we seek to contribute to the economic, 
social and environmental sustainability of our local 
communities through a range of activities and initiatives. 

We encourage this to be driven “bottom-up”, to ensure 
that our efforts are relevant to our employees and 
what is important to the local communities in which 
they operate. Through this approach, we are seeking to 
support our staff in their efforts to give something back 
to their communities. 

IQE are committed to developing future talent, promoting 
STEM subjects within education and preparing young 
adults for the world of work. To this aim, we participate 
in numerous careers fairs with local schools and FE 
facilities. 

Employment policies 
It is the group’s policy that there should be no 
discrimination in considering applications for 
employment including those from disabled persons. 
All employees, including the disabled, are given equal 
opportunities in terms of career development and 
promotion. Appropriate training is arranged for disabled 
persons, including retraining for alternative work of 
employees who become disabled, to promote their 
career development within the organisation. 

Internal communication 
We believe that effective and timely communication is an 
essential part of positive employee engagement. 

We strive to ensure that our internal communication 
meets our needs as a diverse global business operating 
throughout the UK, US and Asia. To achieve this we 
have developed a communication framework, which 
sets out our expectations and standards for internal 
communication. Through this, we seek to achieve a clear 
and common understanding of our strategy, priorities, 
business performance and how we are doing against 
our action plans. For example, this includes regular 
“town hall” meetings hosted by senior executives, 

informal meetings for small groups of staff to meet 
with site management, all staff updates by email, video, 
Teamphoria©, and a group newsletter.

We also encourage employees to communicate and 
provide constructive feedback. We offer a variety of 
opportunities for this, including face-to-face meetings, 
360 feedback, various employee surveys, and 
Teamphoria©. This is done in an open environment that 
is independent of hierarchy, where a new joiner can 
speak freely with peers and senior executives alike. 

Part of the communication framework is our employee 
feedback survey. This annual feedback survey gives 
employees the opportunity to give anonymous feedback 
to management, which is assessed and used to guide 
our improvement plans. The survey helps to ensure that 
we listen to our employees and strive for continuing 
improvement. 

We hold an annual Strategy Conference in which the 
Executives and Senior Management take stock of our 
markets, the competitive landscape, and how we can 
adapt our organisation to meet changing needs. This 
culminates in a common understanding of our strategy, 
the key goals that we need to achieve over the coming 
year, and our respective roles in the delivery of those 
plans. The Non- Executives Directors attend some of 
these sessions. 

Our Chairman has a rolling programme of factory 
visits, which enable him to engage directly with local 
management and employees and to review with them 
their successes and to hear at first hand the issues and 
challenges they face.

Health and Safety 
IQE pays a great deal of attention to ensuring the health 
and safety of everyone involved in the business. 

All employees are encouraged to take an active role in 
ensuring that our working environment is a safe place to 
work and visit by actively reporting all safety observations 
and incidents, being involved in safety audits, risk 
assessments and regular awareness training sessions. 

The Environment, Health & Safety (EHS) group has a 
detailed ongoing continued professional development 
plan including training and accreditation of competent 
persons – in the form of Regional EHS Managers. Such 
appointments provide for high-level advisory roles, 
identification of global best-practice and adoption of 
strategic EHS initiatives for all applicable legislative 
requirements wherever the Group operates. 

In addition, by appointing Group-wide safety 
coordinators, site-specific roles are designed to 
implement those best-practices identified from strategic 
initiatives in order to; minimise risks of injury at work; 
ensure legislative compliance and; assist in creating and 
monitoring safety practices. Further designation of safety 
advisors, with the appropriate expertise to support in 
specific areas of activity such as Local Exhaust Ventilation 
(LEV) and pressure systems is also implemented at site 
level. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

25

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

The EHS group continues to be actively involved 
in industry-wide initiatives, working with industry 
associations and proactively registering under regulatory 
directives such as REACH and GHS-based Hazard 
Communication. The group also monitors global chemical 
control activities (e.g. RoHS, TSCA) to ensure continued 
customer confidence and supply-chain compliance. 

Safety and Environmental Teams & Reporting 
The EHS Group is organised to effectively promote and 
increase the awareness of Safety and Environmental 
issues, directives and legal obligations, advising each 
group subsidiary and the Board accordingly. 

Daily EHS activities and reporting at local sites, managed 
by coordinators, are fed into general site management 
for effective control. Regular analysis and discussion is 
an agenda item at site periodic management meetings. 
Coordinators prepare regular site performance metrics 
for dissemination to Group-level.

EHS Regional Managers oversee site trend analyses and 
undertake regular conference calls to discuss major 
issues and site developments. Regional face-to-face 
meetings and data collation culminate in Quarterly Board 
Reports, demonstrating major trends in EHS activities 
and comparisons with industry best-practice and 
National Statistical averages. 

Regional Managers and the Director responsible for EHS, 
drive strategic initiatives, agreed at Board level, through 
each organisation to promote best-practice and ensuring 
conformance to global, regional and local regulations and 
directives. Initiatives are designed to ensure the Group’s 
objectives of maintaining at or beyond state-of-the-art 
EHS Management. 

A full and comprehensive presentation of occupational 
trends, accidents, safety and environmental incidents, 
together with compliance with all regulatory 
requirements, Group and local objectives are published 
in the Annual EHS Report to the Board. 

The Environment 
IQE is committed to protecting local and global 
environments and endeavours to ensure that our 
activities and manufacturing operations are conducted in 
an environmentally responsible manner. 

We are committed to minimising the environmental 
impact of our operations by encouraging all employees 
to promote and adopt ways of modifying their behaviour 
to reduce the impact on the environment by for example, 
reducing waste, restricting unnecessary travel, saving 
water and by reducing energy usage. 

IQE’s policy for conducting business 
in an environmentally responsible 
manner states that we “will ensure 
that: 

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

We fully integrate environmental 
considerations into the business 
planning and decision making 
processes. 

Compliance obligations are identified 
and our operations must be conducted 
in accordance with these obligations. 

We validate our fulfilment of 
compliance obligations by means of 
documented periodic review. 

We employ best practice to reduce 
the environmental impact of our 
operations, prevent pollution, minimise 
waste and maximise the efficient use 
of energy and resources to protect the 
environment. 

We continually improve our 
environmental management system 
and its performance by setting 
measurable objectives and reviewing 
them on a regular basis.

We provide suitable information 
and training to all employees, and 
interested parties to ensure that 
the aims of the environmental 
management system are achieved.

In addition, each of our sites will supplement this policy 
to meet local requirements”. 

Environmental Management 

ISO 14001 is a global standard for 
environmental management which 
was developed to help organisations 
reduce their environmental 
impact. It provides a framework 
for organisations to demonstrate 
their commitment to preserving and 
protecting the environment by: 

•	

•	

Reducing harmful effects on the 
environment, and 

Providing evidence of continual 
improvement of environmental 
management 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

26

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

By the end of 2017, all IQE’s continuously operating 
facilities had successfully completed independent third 
party audits of our compliance with ISO 14001:2015, the 
new revised standard. These audits were very successful 
with no material deficiencies recorded. 

All our plants therefore, clearly demonstrate the 
commitment to environmental compliance, reducing 
waste, recycling materials, energy conservation and risk 
management where appropriate, complementary to our 
commercial objectives of reducing costs and improving 
operational efficiency. 

Environmental Legislation Compliance
Compliance with environmental legislation is critical 
to our global businesses and is assured through the 
employment of appropriately qualified and competent 
managers, reporting through to the Chief Operating 
Officer. These managers have access to third party 
professional advisors as required. 

IQE maintains membership of a number of professional 
bodies, which provide a good source of reference and 
support, enabling it to keep up-to-date with continually 
evolving legislation. This includes regular updates from: 
British Safety Council, British Standards Institution, 
Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment 
in the UK, the US National Safety Council, the US National 
Fire Protection Agency and the US Federal Register. 

As a Company trading on AIM, a market operated by The 
London Stock Exchange plc, the Companies Act 2006 
(Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 
2013, relating to the disclosure of greenhouse gas 
emissions and other environmental matters, does not 
apply to IQE.

Environmental Performance 2017
IQE closely monitors environmental compliance.  In 2017, 
we experienced no external environmental incidents or 
compliance concerns at any of our locations.

Recycling and Energy Conservation
At each of our global sites, we operate continuous 
improvement programmes to reduce waste and to 
recycle and re-use wherever practicable. Currently, 
at each site we recycle: plastics, steel, aluminium, 
paper, cardboard and process by-products where 
the opportunity to do so safely exists. IQE also closely 
monitors the consumption of electricity, gas and 
water at all facilities and have targeted environmental 
improvement programs as part of ISO14001 to reduce 
carbon dioxide emissions and the depletion of natural 
resources. 

Risk Management
IQE employs risk management techniques to identify, 
evaluate and prioritize Health, Safety & Environmental 
risks followed by application of resources to minimize, 
monitor, and control the probability or impact of 
unfortunate events.  IQE’s risks may be inherent to the 
business or come from a variety of sources including 
engineering or administrative control failures, accidents, 
incidents and/or natural causes.

IQE has performed risk management evaluations at 
its sites and identified the highest potential risks and 
opportunities.  A summary of the mitigation, likelihood 
and impact of the risks identified is included on pages 28 
to 35.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

27

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group has an established process for the 
identification and management of risk as part of the 
governance framework.  Management of risk is the 
responsibility of the Board of Directors.

The Board’s role in risk management 
includes:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

promoting a culture that emphasises 
integrity at all levels of business 
operations;

embedding risk management within the 
core processes of the business;

approving appetite for risk;

determining the principal risks;

setting the overall policies for risk 
management and control;

ensuring that the above are 
communicated effectively across the 
business.

The principal risks affecting the Group are identified by 
the Group Executive team within their functional areas of 
responsibility and reviewed by the Board.

Risk management within the 
business involves:

•	

•	

•	

•	

identification and assessment of 
individual risks;

design of controls and operational 
processes to mitigate the risks;

testing of controls through internal 
review and audits; and

conclusion on the effectiveness of the 
control environment in place

In identifying risks, we analyse risks 
across four key areas:

• strategic risk;

• commercial risk;

• operational risk; and

• financial risk

•	

•	

•	

•	

The principal risks identified below are listed in order of 
severity.  Mitigation, where possible, is described next to 
each identified risk area.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

28

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Decreased

Principal Risk: COMPETITION 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Focus on quality, value and customer service.

Develop and maintain close relationships with customers 
to become the “materials partner of choice”, by forming 
multilevel partnerships from material design, to pilot and 
volume production. 

Continue to invest in product development to ensure 
competitive advantage. 

Loss of 
share with 
a significant 
customer 

Price erosion 
due to 
predatory 
pricing from a 
competitor

Qualification timescales can be long but once a product and 
relationship is established, it creates significant barriers to 
entry for competitors. 

In some cases, customers seek second source supply 
arrangements to meet their own business continuity 
planning policies, but our multiple site capabilities provide 
some mitigation against this risk.

Contractual commitments from customers.

Potential 
impact:

High

Effect:

Sales 
volumes and 
profitability

Principal Risk: TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

IQE actively engages with customers, educational institutions 
and government agencies on a range of research and 
development (“R&D”) programmes.

Where appropriate IQE has protected IP through patents. 
It is not always appropriate to protect “process know 
how” through patents. Rigorous controls over segregation 
of duties, data protection, and access controls are 
implemented to secure our “trade secrets”.

A disruptive 
technological 
change has 
not been 
anticipated 
as a result 
of a lack of 
investment in 
new products 
and materials

We do not 
adequately 
identify and 
protect our IP

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

Potential 
impact:

High

Effect:

Sales 
volumes and 
profitability

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

29

Company No: 3745726

 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Principal Risk: HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Gas release to 
atmosphere 

Loss of 
ISO14001 
registration at 
a production 
facility

IQE operates in a COMAH and PPC Regulated environment 
and employs the highest levels of technical and engineering 
control measures to prevent and reduce the possibility of a 
failure event occurring.

Only trained and competent persons are permitted to work 
with potentially harmful materials.

Highly qualified environmental professionals operating 
within the organisation are trained and certified to Lead 
Auditor Standard by BSI.

We continuously audit and monitor environmental 
performance and management systems, driving continuous 
improvement across all facilities by sharing best practice. 
EMS systems at all sites are externally assessed by BSI/BV – 
up to twice annually.

Principal Risk: HUMAN RESOURCING 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Loss of key 
people and 
critical skills 

Insufficient 
skilled 
employees 

Poor 
engagement 
and morale

As IQE continues to develop its new manufacturing site in 
Newport, South Wales, the demand for human resourcing 
naturally increases, which in turn, increases the overall 
risk to the Group.  However, the risk is mitigated through 
effective recruitment planning.

Retention and development of its workforce is also critical to 
the long-term success of the Group. 

IQE’s people are the heart of the business.  In order to 
promote the development and retention of its staff, IQE 
offers career progression, personal development and a 
range of benefits and incentives. This is reflected in low staff 
turnover, with many employees who have been with the 
company since it was formed almost thirty years ago. 

In addition, IQE operates a highly effective, robust, and fully 
documented quality management system across all of its 
operations. These systems ensure that all key data and 
procedures are fully documented, reflecting IQE’s “learning 
organisation” philosophy. These rigorous systems provide 
IQE and its customers with a high level of confidence in 
terms of process reproducibility and product traceability, 
and minimise the potential impact of losing key personnel.

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

Potential 
impact:

High

Effect:

Reputational 
damage, costs, 
sales and 
profitability

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Increased

Potential 
impact:

Medium

Effect:

Quality issues 
and increased 
cost

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

30

Company No: 3745726

 
Principal Risk: NATURAL DISASTERS 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Natural 
disaster 
disrupts 
production 
capability, 
supply of 
materials or 
customer 
demand.

IQE operates multiple global manufacturing facilities, 
which mitigates against the impact of natural disasters 
on IQE. 

Our active programme to second source or dual site 
sources for all critical supplies mitigates supplier 
risk. Similarly, our larger customers have multi- site 
production to mitigate their risk. 

IQE maintains appropriate business interruption 
insurance including for natural catastrophe despite the 
availability of natural catastrophe cover in the insurance 
market reducing during 2017.

Contracts entered into by IQE, including those for the 
supply of epiwafers to customers provide relief from 
IQE’s obligations to perform during Force Majeure 
events.

Data is appropriately stored and backed-up with IT 
system recovery plans in place.

Principal Risk: FINANCIAL LIQUIDITY 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

The business 
does not 
maintain 
sufficient 
funding and 
liquidity to 
meet its 
obligations as 
they fall due.

The Group prepares regular financial forecasts to 
evaluate its funding and liquidity requirements for 
the foreseeable future. These forecasts are reviewed 
and approved by the Board. Based on the forecasts, 
appropriate funding and liquidity solutions are put 
in place to ensure that appropriate headroom is 
maintained. 

t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

Potential 
impact:

Medium/High

Effect:

Costs, 
sales and 
profitability

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Decreased

At the year-end 31 December 2017 we had net funds of 
£45.6M.

Potential 
impact:

Medium/Low

Effect:

Financial 
loss and 
reputational 
damage

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

31

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Principal Risk: BUSINESS INTERRUPTION – SUPPLY CHAIN 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Dependency 
on sole 
supplier 

Availability of 
qualified raw 
materials

The raw materials that sustain IQE’s products are not scarce 
resources. 

Active programme to maintain cross qualified second 
sources. 

Rigorous supplier quality management processes. 

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

Maintain close relationships with its key suppliers in order 
to keep well informed about potential supply issues.

Potential 
impact:

Medium

Effect:

Quality issues, 
costs, sales 
volumes and 
profitability

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

32

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Reduced

Potential 
impact:

Medium/Low

Effect:

Costs, 
sales and 
profitability

Principal Risk: CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Dependency 
on low number 
of customers 
could result 
in significant 
impact from 
a loss of 
share from a 
customer. 

The group 
has three 
customers that 
individually 
account for 
more than 
10% of the 
group sales.

(2016: two 
customers 
more than 
10%)

IQE has a diverse portfolio of intellectual property and 
is in product development and qualifications across 
many different end markets, which is evident from the 
continuing diversification of IQE’s revenues.  The group 
made great progress in diversifying revenues in 2017 
with the adoption of its VCSEL technology in the mass 
market.

As an epitaxial wafer supplier with a bespoke offering 
for each customer we pursue a diversification strategy 
to become embedded in as many volume supply chains 
as possible, sometimes into the same end customer but 
also across competing end products.  This provides a 
hedge against allocation decisions and the competitive 
landscape in the end market

The wireless sector, which accounted for 60% of IQE’s 
revenues in 2017  is highly concentrated with the top 5 
RF Chip companies accounting for the vast majority of 
the wireless market. 

IQE’s strategy is to embed itself as a significant supplier 
of advanced semiconductor materials with all of the 
major RF chip companies in order to reduce the 
potential impact of swings in market share between 
these companies. 

The customer qualification times and high quality 
standards creates significant barriers to entry for 
competitors. 

Maintain and advance our technological advantage to 
deliver value and retain a competitive position. 

Focus on quality, value and customer service.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

33

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Principal Risk: LEGAL COMPLIANCE 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Regular reporting of export and ITAR compliance and 
detailed internal control processes and procedures. 

Continuing education of the team on the legislative 
developments and requirements. 

Internal reviews and external audits.

Failure to 
comply with 
applicable 
laws and 
regulations 
such as those 
concerning 
export control, 
anti- bribery 
& corruption 
and data 
protection 
as well as 
employment 
and company 
law.

Principal Risk: LOSS OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Infringement 
of IQE patents 
by third parties

Loss of trade 
secrets to third 
parties

Claims 
alleging IQE 
has breached 
third party 
intellectual 
property rights

As IQE has increased its IP portfolio during the year, this 
has naturally increased the aggregate risk, however, the risk 
in respect of each element of IP has not increased and is 
mitigated as follows.

IQE protects its technology by strategically patenting in key 
areas. 

Policies and procedures that ensure contractual non-
disclosure and confidentiality obligations are agreed with 
third parties including employees, vendors, and customers.

Routine searching of worldwide patent databases in relevant 
areas of technology in order to identify and assess possible 
infringement of IQE intellectual property.

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

Potential 
impact:

Medium/Low

Effect:

Financial 
loss and 
reputational 
damage

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Increased

Potential 
impact:

Medium/Low

Effect:

Costs, 
sales and 
profitability

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

34

Company No: 3745726

 
Principal Risk: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FAILURE 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

Loss of 
information

Failure of 
equipment

Information and cyber security mitigation plans in place to 
protect our information assets.

All IQE personnel are required to complete a rolling 
programme of training modules concerning information 
security.  IQE monitors and acts upon the completion and 
assessment metrics for such training.

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

A risk framework with plans for the management, mitigation 
and resolution of device failures are in place. 

Potential 
impact:

t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Hardware and software systems have in-built resiliency 
including redundant elements.

Data is appropriately stored and backed-up with IT system 
recovery plans in place.

Principal Risk: TAX LIABILITY 

Business Risk

Mitigation:

The business 
is found to be 
liable to pay 
sums to tax 
authorities, 
which had 
not been 
previously 
anticipated.

Failure to 
comply with 
tax regulations

Failure to 
operate in a 
tax efficient 
manner.

The group has historically used independent tax specialists 
on an ad hoc basis as needed.  This has included small, mid-
tier and global providers as deemed most cost effective in 
the circumstances.

As reported, a material tax exposure was identified in 
October 2017 relating to a transaction in 2013 where local 
and a mid-tier firm provided tax structuring advice. 

To assess if there were any other significant tax exposures, 
the group engaged independent tax advisors to assess 
the risk of unidentified tax exposures.  Where the risk of 
potential tax exposures were identified, the group engaged 
independent global tax specialists to assist detailed 
assessment and quantification of these potential exposures.  

These reviews did not identify any further material tax 
liabilities. The group is also engaging global independent tax 
specialists on a proactive and ongoing basis to manage tax 
compliance and tax strategy.

Medium

Effect:

Costs, sales, 
profitability 
and 
reputational 
damage

Year on year 
change in 
likelihood:

Unchanged

Potential 
impact:

Medium/Low 

Effect:

Financial 
loss and 
reputational 
damage

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

35

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Brexit
As previously stated ahead of the 23 June 2016 referendum 
on whether the UK should remain in the European Union, 
the management team has not changed in its view that the 
intention for the UK to leave the European Union (commonly 
referred to as ‘Brexit’) will have no significant impact on IQE’s 
business.  The Group operates and trades globally, with Asia 
and the USA forming the Group’s dominant markets.

There is some uncertainty regarding the availability of EU 
funding for new research and development proposals involving 
UK organisations and this uncertainty may continue until the 
Brexit negotiations between the EU and the UK government 
are concluded. However, IQE is actively engaged on a number 
of collaborative activities in areas of research and development 
including gallium nitride (GaN) and other advanced materials 
as well as emerging technologies such as graphene. IQE 
has established trading, development partnerships and 
grant funding from across all territories in which it operates.  
Whilst continued membership of the EU would have offered 
a great deal of upside potential for collaboration across 
member states, IQE’s strength in its market sector means 
that such collaborations will continue despite likely changes 
in any government funding mechanisms.  Innovation and 
collaboration are vital components in developing advanced 
capabilities and technology leadership.  IQE has a long history 
of engagement with other industrial partners, academia and 
government agencies across the world for the development 
and commercialisation of next generation technologies and 
there is no reason to consider that the decision to leave 
the European Union will have any long-term impact on our 
business opportunities.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

36

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Financial review

In addition to reporting GAAP profit measures, the Group 
also provides additional non-GAAP profit measures.   Full 
details of these adjusted measures are provided in note 
5.  In addition, the prior year financial results have been 
restated, as detailed in note 2.

Consolidated revenues were up 16% to £154.5m.  Wafer 
sales, which represented 99% (2016: 95%) of revenues, 
were up 21% (2016: up 19%) reflecting continuing 
organic growth.  License income, which represented 1% 
(2016: 5%) of revenues reduced from £6.7m to £1.9m 
as expected, reflecting that 2016 included a significant 
portion of up front license fees.  Growth in underlying 
demand was accompanied by a currency tailwind of c. 5% 
(2016: c. 11%).  This similarly affects costs, which are also 
largely denominated in foreign currency.   

The growth in wafer sales was largely driven by 
photonics, where sales were up 109% to £47.6m.  This 
was primarily driven by the adoption of IQE’s VCSEL 
technology in a mass market consumer application which 
ramped strongly in H2.  Indeed, photonics sales in H2 
were up more than 160% over H2 2016.  InfraRed sales 
also enjoyed double digit growth, with sales up 14% 
to £12.0m.  Wireless sales were broadly flat at £91.6m 
(2016: £91.3m), affected by a £3m managed reduction 
of SMI inventories to focus capacity on the ramp in 
photonics.  The SMI inventories are expected to replenish 
in 2018.   Finally CMOS++ sales were flat at £1.4m (2016: 
£1.4m).  

As a consequence of these growth rates, wafer sales 
continued to diversify, with wireless accounting for 60% 
(2016: 72%), photonics 31% (2016 : 18%), InfraRed 8% 
(2016: 8%), and CMOS++ 1% (2016:1 %).

Gross profit increased from £34.2m to £38.6m. Excluding 
license income, which has a 100% margin, the gross 
margin on wafer sales increased from 21.8% to 24.1%.   
Adjusted gross margin, which excludes the charge 
for share based payments, increased from £36.4m to 
£43.6m, reflecting an improvement in the adjusted 
gross margin on wafer sales from 23.6% to 27.4%.  This 
improvement in margins primarily reflects the benefit of 
a favourable sales mix with a greater proportion of higher 
margin photonics sales in 2017 over 2016.

As expected, other income reduced from £2.3m in 2016 
to £nil.   The gain in 2016 related to the release of the 
remaining balance of contingent deferred consideration 
relating to a previous acquisition.  This gain did not 
relate to underlying trade and hence was excluded from 
adjusted earnings in 2016.

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses 
increased from £16.6m to £21.6m.  Adjusted SG&A, 
which excludes charges for share based payments, 
the amortisation of acquired intangibles, and non-cash 
rent increased from £14.2m to £17.3m.  In addition to 
investing for growth, the increase includes the impact 
of inflation, foreign exchange, and an increase in 
amortisation.

Operating profit decreased from £19.8m to £17.0m, 
reflecting the adjustments noted above, whilst adjusted 
operating profit increased from £22.1m to £26.4m.  The 
increase in adjusted profits reflect a 58% increase in 
wafer related profits from £15.5m to £24.5m partially 
offset by the £4.8m reduction in license income.

The segmental analysis in note 4, reflects the adjusted 
operating margins for the primary segments (before 
central corporate support costs): Wireless ~15%, 
Photonics ~38% and InfraRed ~27%.  In the current 
environment we believe that these represent sustainable 
margins, and hences provide the opportunity for future 
margin expansion through continuing diversification of 
revenues.  Central corporate support costs are expected 
to grow approximately 5-10% reflecting a combination of 
inflation and business growth. 

Finance costs increased from £1.5m to £2.1m.  Adjusted 
finance costs, which exclude imputed interest associated 
with the discounting, increased from £1.5m to £2.0m.  
This underlying increase in cash interest reflects an 
increase in borrowings to finance capacity expansion and 
the impact of foreign exchange.  The borrowings were 
repaid in full prior to year end from the proceeds of the 
equity fund raising.

The charge for taxation increased from £0.3m to £0.4m.   
Adjusted tax, which excludes the tax affect associated 
with the non-GAAP adjustments, was a credit of £0.5m 
(2016 : credit £0.1m), reflecting the benefit of deferred 
tax assets recognised less taxes paid relating to 2017.   
The cash payment of taxes increased from £0.8m to 
£5.8m due to the settlement of US taxes relating to prior 
years as detailed in note 2.  Cash taxes are expected to 
remain at approximately £1m to £2m for the near future, 
whilst the effective rate is expected to be approximately 
15% to 20% reflecting the deferred tax charge associated 
with the utilisation of tax losses.

Cash invested decreased from £30.3m in 2016 to £28.2m 
in 2017.  The reduction reflects that in 2016 the group 
made the final payment of deferred consideration 
(£11.3m) in respect of the Kopin acquisition.  Excluding 
this, the group increased its investment from £19.1m 
to £28.2m, namely: capital expenditure up £0.3m to 
£11.3m; investment in product development up £8.2m to 
£14.5m; and investment in intangible assets up £0.6m to 
£2.4m.
The capital expenditure of £11.3m reflects cash paid 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

38

Company No: 3745726

 
directly to equipment suppliers.  In addition, the group 
financed £6.6m of capital expenditure via finance lease 
where the bank settled the purchase cost directly with 
the equipment suppliers.  This finance lease was settled 
prior to the year end (and title to the equipment passed 
to the group), and hence the cash flow is classified as 
part of the repayment of borrowings.  Aggregating these 
amounts, the total cash invested in equipment was 
£17.9m.

The group increased its investment in product 
development from £6.3m to £14.5m.  IQE is developing 
products to address a wide range of end market 
applications within its business segments.  Although 
there are “families” of products such as VCSEL’s, EEL’s, 
and HBT’s, each product is developed bespoke to the 
customers’ individual specification. IQE does not produce 
any commodity or “off the shelf” products.  The year 
on year increase in investment, was largely due to the 
development of the VCSEL technology which ramped into 
mass market through H2.

t
r
o
p
e
r

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

The investment in intangible assets includes the 
purchase of patents from third parties, the cost of 
patenting internally generated IP, and software.  The year 
on year increase includes the purchase of a portfolio of 
54 patents relating to Quasi Photonics Crystals reported 
in December 2017.

In November 2017, the group issued 67.9 million new 
ordinary shares, raising gross proceeds of approximately 
£95 million.  This fund raise was primarily to finance 
a capacity expansion programme to deliver the scale 
needed to capture multiple high growth market 
opportunities, and in particular the continuing increase 
in demand for VCSELs.   In addition, the fund raising is 
enabling the acceleration of product development.  Part 
of the proceeds from the share issue was applied to 
repay outstanding borrowings in order to save interest 
charges.

KPIs (dash-board)

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

39

Company No: 3745726

Operating profit (£M) (before exceptional items)Sales (£M)Cash from operations (£M) (before exceptional cash flows)FD EPS (pence) (before exceptional items)Leverage (£M)Gearing (%)Deferred considerationNet debt 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Compliance / governance statements

Statement of compliance with UK Corporate 
Governance Guidance 
The Board of Directors believes in high standards 
of corporate governance and is accountable to 
shareholders for the Group’s performance in this area. 

Although IQE, as a company trading on AIM, a market 
operated by The London Stock Exchange plc, is not 
required to comply with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the directors have decided to provide corporate 
governance disclosures similar to those that would be 
required of a fully listed company. 

This statement describes how throughout the year ended 
31 December 2017, the Group has continued to apply 
the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”) and adopt the spirit of the Code. The Code 
is available on the website of the Financial Reporting 
Council (FRC) at: www.frc.org.uk . 

This statement addresses the main subject areas of the 
Code namely leadership, effectiveness, accountability and 
relations with shareholders. Remuneration is dealt with in 
the Remuneration Report on pages 55 to 70. 

The Company is a smaller company for the purposes of 
the Code, and as a consequence certain provisions of 
the Code either do not apply to the Company or may be 
judged to be disproportionate or less relevant in its case. 

The Board 
The Board comprises the Non-Executive Chairman Dr 
Godfrey Ainsworth, the Chief Executive Officer Dr Drew 
Nelson, two executive directors and three non- executive 
directors. 

The fees of the non-executive directors are paid in cash 
and/or shares. 

The Board consider Sir David Grant, Mr Phil Smith and 
Sir Derek Jones who have each held office for less than 
nine years, to be independent in accordance with the 
Code, and free from any business or other relationship 
which could materially interfere with the exercise of their 
independent judgement.

The Board considers that throughout 
2017, IQE has sought to comply 
with the Code and has identified 
the following main areas of non-
compliance: 

•	

•	

The Chairman of the Audit Committee 
is not deemed independent by virtue 
of his length of service. Further 
explanation of this and the planned 
changes are set out below and in the 
Audit Committee report. 

Whilst the performance of the 
Directors, the Chairman and of the 
Board are assessed on an ongoing 
basis, the Code requires a formal 
annual review process to be completed 
and documented, which was not 
completed during 2017. However, a 
formal review is scheduled for 2018.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

41

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

The Board views maintaining high standards in its 
governance and management of the affairs of the Group 
as a fundamental part of discharging its stewardship 
responsibilities. Accordingly, both the Board and 
the Audit Committee continue to keep under review 
the Group’s whole system of internal control, which 
comprises not only financial controls but also operational 
controls, compliance and risk management. This process 
was in place throughout the 2017 financial year and 
accords with the Guidance on Risk Management, Internal 
Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the non-
executive directors are available for inspection upon 
request to the Company Secretary.

Sir David Grant is Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nominations Committee. There 
have been two changes to the membership of the Board 
during the year.  Prof Simon Gibson retired from the 
board on 13 June 2017 and Sir Derek Jones joined the 
board on 29 November 2017. 

The Senior Independent Director, Mr Phil Smith, is 
recognised as the independent Board member who acts 
as an independent sounding board for the Chairman 
and serves as an intermediary for the other directors if 
needed.

Furthermore, the Senior Independent Director is 
available to discuss any concerns of shareholders and/
or employees which have not adequately been resolved 
by the executive directors or Chairman, or for which 
such contact is inappropriate, such as concerns of any 
suspected impropriety. These concerns can be conveyed 
in private and investigated as required by the Code. 

Rules concerning the appointment and replacement of 
Directors of the Company are contained in the Articles of 
Association (“Articles”). Amendments to the Articles must 
be approved by a special resolution of shareholders. 

Under the Articles, all Directors are subject to election 
by shareholders at the first Annual General Meeting 
following their appointment, and to re- election 
thereafter at intervals of no more than three years. 

The Board has considered the FRC’s guidance to 
companies outside the FTSE 350 to consider the annual 
re-election of all Directors, and consider that this would 
be overly burdensome for the current nature of the 
group. 

Biographies of the Directors are set out on pages 72 
and 73. These show the range of business and financial 
experience upon which the Board is able to call. 

The Board’s goal is to ensure that its membership should 
be balanced between executives and non- executives 
and have the appropriate skills and experience and 
knowledge of the business. 

The Board recognises the special position and role of the 
Chairman under the Code, and has approved the formal 
division of responsibilities between the Chairman and 
Chief Executive. 

The Chairman is responsible for the leadership of the 
Board and ensuring its effectiveness, and the Chief 
Executive manages the Group and has the prime role, 

with the assistance of the Board, of developing and 
implementing business strategy. 

One of the roles of the Non-Executive Directors under 
the leadership of the Chairman is to undertake detailed 
examination and discussion of the strategies proposed 
by the Executive Directors, so as to ensure that decisions 
are in the best long-term interests of shareholders and 
take proper account of the interests of the Group’s other 
stakeholders. The Chairman ensures that meetings of 
Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors 
are held.

How the board operates 
The Board meets regularly through the year, and is 
provided with appropriate strategic, operational and 
financial information prior to each meeting together with 
reports to enable it to monitor the performance of the 
group. 

At Board meetings, the Chairman ensures that all 
Directors are able to make an effective contribution 
throughout meetings and every Director is encouraged 
to participate and provide their perspective and opinions. 
The Chairman always seeks to achieve unanimous 
decisions of the Board following due discussion of 
agenda items. 

All directors have direct access to the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary who is responsible 
for ensuring that Board procedures are followed, and 
are allowed to take independent professional advice if 
necessary at the company’s expense. 

The Board has a formal schedule of matters referred 
to it for decision, this list includes appropriate strategic, 
financial, organisational and compliance issues, including 
the approval of high level announcements, circulars 
and the report and accounts and certain strategic and 
management issues. 

Examples of such items include but 
are not limited to: 

The approval of interim and annual 
results, 

the approval of the annual budget, 

approval of acquisitions or disposals, 

approval of major items of capital 
expenditure, 

approval of changes to corporate or 
capital structure,

financial issues, including changes 
in accounting policy, the approval 
of dividends, bank facilities and 
guarantees, and

the approval of significant contracts.

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

42

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Committees of the Board 
The Board has four sub committees, the Executive 
Committee, the Remuneration Committee, the 
Nominations Committee and the Audit Committee. 

The Board has delegated specific responsibilities to these 
committees as follows: 

(a) Executive Committee 

The Executive Committee consists of the executive 
directors under the chairmanship of Dr Drew Nelson and 
is responsible for the development of strategy, annual 
budgets and operating plans linked to the management 
and control of the day-to-day operations of the group.

The Executive Committee is also responsible for 
monitoring key research and development programmes 
and for ensuring that the Board policies are carried out 
on a group-wide basis. 

(b) Audit Committee 

The Audit Committee consists of the non-executive 
directors, Dr Godfrey Ainsworth, Mr Phil Smith, Sir Derek 
Jones and Sir David Grant. The Committee meets at 
least twice a year under the chairmanship of Dr Godfrey 
Ainsworth. 

The Audit Committee has specific written terms 
of reference which deal with its authority and 
responsibilities and these are available for inspection 
from the Company Secretary. Its duties include 
monitoring internal controls throughout the group, 
approving the group’s accounting policies, and reviewing 
the group’s interim results and full year financial 
statements before submission to the full Board. The 
Audit Committee also reviews and approves the scope 
and content of the group’s annual risk assessment 
programme and the annual audit, and monitors the 
independence of the external auditors. 

The Group does not have an independent Internal Audit 
function, however the Group operates internal audit on a 
peer review basis, with a scope of evaluating and testing 
the group’s financial control procedures. The internal 
audit reviews are reported directly to the Chairman of the 
Audit Committee, and shared with the external auditors 
as appropriate. 

The Chief Financial Officer, senior finance managers 
and the external auditors attend meetings of the 

Audit Committee by invitation. The Committee also 
holds separate meetings with the external auditors, as 
appropriate. 

(c) Remuneration Committee 

The Remuneration Committee consists of the four non- 
executive directors.  Mr Phil Smith and Sir Derek Jones 
joined the Committee at the beginning of 2018.  Sir David 
Grant is Chairman of the Committee. The Committee 
meets at least twice a year. 

The Chief Executive attends meetings of the 
Remuneration Committee by invitation to respond to 
questions raised by the Committee, but he is excluded 
from any matter concerning the details of his own 
remuneration. 

The Remuneration Committee has specific terms of 
reference which deal with its authority and duties and 
these are available for inspection from the Company 
Secretary. 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for setting 
salaries, incentives and other benefit arrangements of 
executive directors. 

The group’s policy on directors’ remuneration has been 
in line with the Code provisions throughout the year, 
full details of which are given in the Remuneration 
report. Members of the remuneration committee 
do not participate in decisions concerning their own 
remuneration. 

(d) Nominations Committee 

The Nominations Committee consists of the four non-
executive Directors and is chaired by Sir David Grant.  Mr 
Phil Smith and Sir Derek Jones joined the Committee at 
the beginning of 2018.

The Board has delegated responsibility for nominations 
to this Committee. The Nominations Committee has 
specific terms of reference, which deal with its authority 
and responsibilities and these are available for inspection 
from the Company Secretary or at www.iqep.com.  The 
activities of the Nominations Committee have been set 
out in the Nominations Committee Report on pages 46 
and 47.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

43

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Attendance at meetings 
The number of meetings held during 2017 by the Board, the Audit Committee, the Nominations Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee are as shown below. The number of meetings attended by the executive and non-executive 
directors is also shown below:

Number of meetings in 2017

11*

5

3

5

Board

Audit
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

Attendance

Executive

Dr A W Nelson

Mr P J Rasmussen

Dr H R Williams

Non-executive

Dr G H H Ainsworth

Sir D Grant

Mr P Smith

Prof S J Gibson**

Sir D Jones***

9

11

11

10

9

11

3

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

5

5

2

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

3

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

5

N/A

N/A

N/A

* Two of the meetings were called at short notice such that they were quorate, but not all directors were available 
to attend. As appropriate, Directors that are unavailable to attend a meeting are consulted and their views are made 
known in advance or at the meeting.  Such directors receive a briefing on matters discussed as soon as possible 
following the meeting. 

** Prof S J Gibson retired from the Board on 13 June 2017

*** Sir D Jones joined the Board on 29 November 2017

Shareholder Relations 
The Board regard regular communications with 
shareholders as one of its key responsibilities. During 
2017, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer met with institutional investors on a regular basis 
to discuss the Group’s performance, the shareholders’ 
views, and to ensure that the strategies and objectives of 
the group are well understood. 

The Chief Executive Officer keeps the Board fully 
informed of any significant matters discussed with 
shareholders and of shareholders’ views. Furthermore all 
members of the Board receive copies of analysts’ reports 
of which the Company is made aware. 

The Chairman and Senior Independent Director make 
themselves available to meet with major institutional 
shareholders as needed through the year. During 2017, 
they met with several major institutional shareholders, 
primarily to consult on corporate governance matters 
and to provide an independent view of the position and 
prospects of the Group. 

feel cannot be resolved through normal shareholder 
meetings, the Chairman, the Senior Independent Director 
and the remaining Non-Executive Directors may be 
contacted through the Company Secretary. 

The company employs an Investor Relations Manager 
who supports the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer with day-to-day investor relations. 
Together, they respond to investor enquiries throughout 
the year. In addition, all shareholders attending the AGM 
are given a presentation on the business and are invited 
to ask the Directors questions about the business. 

The Investor Relations Manager also maintains the 
group’s web site, which provides details of the group’s 
business including its strategy, technologies, operations 
and products. The web site has a separate investor 
relations section which provides the group’s news flow, 
share price information, and financial reports including 
the annual and interim reports. Hard copies of annual 
reports are also available by request. The web site can be 
found at www.iqep.com. 

The Non-Executive Directors, having considered the 
Code, are of the view that this approach to shareholder 
communication remains appropriate for the Group. 
However, should shareholders have concerns which they 

In accordance with the recommendations of the Code, 
the Company will advise shareholders attending the 
AGM of the number of proxy votes lodged in respect 
of each resolution, analysed between ‘For’, ‘Against’, ‘at 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

44

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

the Chairman’s discretion’ and abstentions. These are 
advised after the resolutions have been dealt with on a 
show of hands, providing that a poll has not been called 
for or required.

Audit and accountability 
The Code requires that Directors review the effectiveness 
of the Group’s system of internal controls on a continuing 
basis. The scope of the review covers all key controls 
including financial, operational and compliance controls 
as well as risk management. 

The Board has put in place a framework of internal 
controls to manage the risks faced by the Group, and the 
Audit Committee has responsibility to review, monitor 
and make policy recommendations to the Board upon all 
such matters. 

The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for 
the Group’s system of internal control. The Board, 
through the Audit Committee, keeps this system under 
continuous review and formally considers its content and 
its effectiveness on a bi-annual basis. 

In completing their review of the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of internal controls the Audit Committee 
has taken account of any material developments up 
to the date of the signing of the financial statements. 
In addition, recognition is given to the external audit 
findings, which help to inform the Audit Committee’s 
views of areas of increased risk. 

The system of internal control comprises those controls 
established in order to provide assurance that the assets 
of the group are safeguarded against unauthorised 
use or disposal, and to ensure the maintenance of 
proper accounting records and the reliability of financial 
information used within the business or for publication. 

Any system of internal control can only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss, as it is designed to manage 
rather than to eliminate the risk of failing to achieve the 
business objectives of the group. 

The directors acknowledge their responsibility for 
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts. As set out in 
the Audit Committee Report on page 47, the Committee 
reviews the Group’s reporting processes with the aim 
of ensuring that the financial reporting ,when taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy. 

Risk management 
The Board reviews and approves an Annual Business 
Plan prior to the start of each financial year. The Annual 
Business Plan sets out the key strategic, operational and 
financial objectives for the year, together with a detailed 
financial budget. This is provided in the context of a 
Three Year Plan. 

The Executive Committee is accountable to the Board 
for delivery of the Annual Business Plan. The Executives 
report performance against the plan on a monthly basis, 
which includes detailed analysis of budgetary variances 
and updated financial projections. 

Each Executive Director is responsible for identifying and 

managing the risks relating to their respective areas of 
responsibility, including the risks relating to strategy, the 
Annual Business Plan, and day-to-day business. 

To provide a framework for the delivery the group’s 
strategy and plans, the Executive Committee has 
developed an organisational structure with clear roles 
and responsibilities, and clear lines of reporting. This 
includes a Management Board, which is made up of the 
heads of each business function. 

The Management Board is responsible for the 
development and delivery of the detailed actions plans 
which underpin the group’s Annual Business Plan. This 
team meets formally with the Executive Directors on a 
monthly basis to assess progress against their plans, and 
to put in place any countermeasures necessary to keep 
the business plan on track. 

In addition to day-to-day risk management, the executive 
directors formally assess the major business risks and 
evaluate their potential impact on the Group. These risks 
and the reporting of the risk assessment is included in 
the strategic report on pages 29 to 35. 

Performance evaluation 
The Chief Executive reviews the performance of the 
executive directors on a periodic basis and reports to the 
Remuneration Committee.

Whilst the performance of the Directors, the Chairman 
and of the Board are assessed on an ongoing basis, the 
Code requires a formal annual review process to be 
completed and documented, which was not completed 
during 2017. However, a formal review is scheduled for 
2018.

Going concern 
After making enquiries and considering the available 
resources, the financial forecast together with available 
cash and committed borrowing facilities, the Directors 
have formed a judgement that there is a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue operating for the 
foreseeable future and therefore the going concern 
basis has been adopted in preparing these financial 
statements. 

In reaching this conclusion, the Board has considered the 
magnitude of potential impacts resulting from uncertain 
future events or changes in conditions, the likelihood of 
their occurrence and the likely effectiveness of mitigating 
actions that the Directors would consider undertaking. 

Long-term viability statement 
The Directors have considered the viability of the 
Group over a three-year period to December 2020, 
taking account of the Group’s current position and the 
potential impact of the principal risks and uncertainties 
documented in the Strategic Report. In making this 
statement the Directors have considered the resilience 
of the Group, taking account of its current position, 
the principal risks facing the business in severe but 
reasonable scenarios, and the effectiveness of any 
mitigating actions.

The Directors have determined that the three-year 
period to December 2020 is an appropriate period 
over which to provide its viability statement as it reflects 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

45

Company No: 3745726

 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

period of time over which information and forecasts 
concerning demand for development, qualification and 
production of wafers, is considered reasonably reliable. 
In making their assessment, the Directors have taken 
account of the Group’s ability to raise new finance in 
most market conditions and other potential mitigating 
actions. 

Based on this assessment, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period to December 2020. 

Board committees 
Terms of reference for the Remuneration Committee, 
Nominations Committee and Audit Committee are 
available on the corporate website (www.iqep.com). 

Nominations Committee Report 
The Nominations Committee reviews the Board 
structure, leads the process for Board appointments 
and makes recommendations to the Board, including on 
Board succession planning. The Chief Executive attends 
meetings of the Nomination Committee by invite. 

The Nominations Committee evaluates the balance of 
skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and, in the 
light of this evaluation, prepares a description of the role 
for new appointments. In identifying potential candidates 
for positions as Non- Executive Directors, the Committee 
has full regard to the principles of the Code regarding the 
independence of Non-Executive Directors. 

The Committee met five times during the year and 
was instrumental in determining the requirement 
and process for the identification and subsequent 
appointment of additional non-executive directors. 

All Directors are appointed by the Board following a 
rigorous selection process and recommendation by the 
Committee. Board appointments are made on merit, 
against criteria identified by the Committee having 
regard to the benefits of diversity on the Board, including 
gender. 

The Nominations Committee is responsible for the 
Board’s policy on diversity. The Board recognises the 
benefits of diversity. Diversity of skills, background, 
knowledge, international and industry experience, and 
gender, are amongst many other factors taken into 
consideration when seeking to appoint new Directors 
to the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Board 
appointments will always be made on merit.

Main responsibilities 

The main responsibilities of the 
Committee are as follows: 

•	

•	

•	

To lead the process for identifying and 
nominating candidates for the approval 
of the Board, to fill Board vacancies as 
and when they arise 

To put in place plans for succession 

To regularly review the Board’s 
structure, size and composition taking 
into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Group and 
the balance of skills, knowledge and 
experience needed by the Board and 
make recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes 

The Committee’s terms of reference are available on 
request from the Company Secretary. 

Recent appointments to the Board 
During the year, the Committee recommended to the 
Board that Sir Derek Jones be appointment of as Non- 
Executive Director. 

The Committee initiated the recruitment process 
following the AGM in June 2016, at which Prof Simon 
Gibson and Dr Godfrey Ainsworth indicated that they 
did not intend to stand for re-election at the end of their 
current three-year term.  

The Committee engaged an independent external 
consultant, Ms Kirsten Bodley, to complete a preliminary 
evaluation and provide a list of potential candidates 
with the necessary skills and experience. Ms Bodley 
has no other connection with the Company and is an 
independent provider of services to the Company. 

In scoping the search for candidates, each Board 
member was consulted in order to agree the necessary 
skills and experience of candidates to be considered for 
appointment. Based on these criteria a list of potential 
candidates was developed, which was filtered to a 
short-list of candidates for interview by the Nominations 
Committee. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

46

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Activities during the year 
The Audit Committee met five times during the year. 
The meetings were also attended by the Chief Financial 
Officer, other senior members of the finance team, and 
representatives of the Group’s external auditors by 
invitation. 

At meetings attended by the external auditors time is 
allowed for the Audit Committee to discuss issues with 
the external auditors without the Chief Financial Officer 
and management being present. 

As part of the review and audit process, the Chairman 
of the Audit Committee and the Chief Financial Officer 
visit each of the group’s major subsidiaries to review 
and challenge local management on their draft financial 
results, and financial controls. The Chairman reports his 
observations from these visits to the Audit Committee 
and the Board as part of the process for approving of the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

During 2017, the Audit Committee completed a review of 
its external auditors and, further to the recommendation 
of the Audit Committee, the Board appointed KPMG 
LLP (“KPMG”) as its new auditor in December 2017. 
KPMG replaces PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) 
who had acted as IQE’s auditors since 2005. As part of 
the handover process, PwC provided IQE with a written 
statement, which confirmed there were no matters which 
needed to be brought to the attention of the Company’s 
members, creditors or directors.

The Committee operates under formal terms of 
reference and these are reviewed annually. An annual 
rolling agenda is used to ensure that all matters within 
the Audit Committee’s Terms of Reference during the 
year are appropriately covered. The Committee considers 
that it has discharged its responsibilities as set out in its 
terms of reference to the extent appropriate during the 
year.

On the recommendation of the Nominations Committee, 
the Board approved the appointment of Sir Derek Jones 
with effect from 29 November 2017. This followed the 
appointment of Mr Phil Smith on 19 December 2016.

The Nominations Committee remains engaged in a 
search for an additional independent non-executive 
director with appropriate financial experience and 
qualifications to support the Board and Audit Committee, 
noting that the incumbent Audit Committee Chairman is 
not deemed independent by virtue of the length of his 
tenure.

Audit Committee Report 
The Audit Committee is currently chaired by Dr 
Godfrey Ainsworth FCA, a Chartered Accountant and is 
considered by the Board and Audit Committee to have 
current relevant financial knowledge, qualifications and 
experience for this role. 

Dr Ainsworth is not considered independent by virtue of 
the length of his tenure on the IQE Board which, taken 
in conjunction with his role as Chairman of both the 
Board and Audit Committee, represents an area of non-
compliance with the current UK Corporate Governance 
Code. 

Given the knowledge, experience and skills of Dr 
Ainsworth the Board has asked that he remains as 
Chairman of the Audit Committee until a suitable 
independent non-executive director with appropriate 
financial experience is appointed. 

Main responsibilities 

Reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Company’s financial reporting, inter-
nal control policies and procedures 
for the identification, assessment 
and reporting of risk 

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

Reviewing significant financial reporting 
issues and judgements 

Monitoring the integrity of the 
Company’s financial statements 

Keeping the relationship with the 
auditors under review, including 
their terms of engagement, fees and 
independence 

Monitoring the role and effectiveness of 
internal audit 

Advising the Board on whether the 
Committee believes the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

47

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Financial reporting 
During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the appropriateness of the Group’s interim and full year financial 
statements, including the consideration of significant financial reporting judgments made by management taking into 
account reports from management and from the external auditors.

The main areas of focus considered by the Committee during 2017 were as 
follows:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

Review of judgemental areas, and specifically the level of accounting provisions. Following 
review of reports from management and the external auditors, the Committee concurred 
that the provisioning policy had been applied consistently and the level of provisions remains 
appropriate. 

Review for the potential impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. Following review 
of reports from management and the external auditors, the Committee concurred that the 
expected future cash flows of the group support the carrying value of goodwill, and that 
there were no triggering events which suggested any potential impairment of other intangible 
assets.

The presentation of the financial statements, including the presentation of adjusted 
performance measures. Following review of reports from management and the external 
auditors, the Committee concurred that the presentation was appropriate and balanced.

The completeness of recorded tax liabilities, and the accounting for current and deferred 
tax. Following review of reports by independent tax specialists assessing the group tax affairs 
in the UK, the US, Taiwan and Singapore, and review of reports by management assessing 
current and deferred tax accounting, the Committee concurred that the provision for tax 
liabilities, and the current and deferred tax accounting was appropriate. 

The accounting and presentation for Joint Ventures.  Following review of reports by 
management and the external auditors, the Committee concluded the accounting for Joint 
Ventures, and the related disclosure in the 2017 financial statements was appropriate.

The Committee assessed the appropriateness of the going concern assumption. In doing 
this the committee reviewed the resources available to the Group, taking account of the 
Group’s trading and cash flow forecast together with available funding headroom. Based on 
this as disclosed on page 46 the Committee concluded that the Going Concern principle was 
appropriate. 

At the request of the Board, the Committee considered whether the 2017 annual report was 
fair, balanced and understandable and whether it provided the necessary information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy. Having 
taken account of the other information provided to the Board throughout the year, the 
Committee was satisfied that, taken as a whole, the annual report was fair, balanced and 
understandable.

The Committee was satisfied that based on its review, challenge and debate of the draft financial statements and the 
key accounting items, that the assumptions made, the judgements applied and the accounting and disclosures were 
appropriate. The Committee also reviewed and recommended the approval of the narrative reporting statements on 
corporate governance, internal control and risk management in the annual report and the half-year and pre-close full 
year trading statements.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

48

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

External auditors 
The Audit Committee has developed a formal Auditor 
Independence Policy. In accordance with this policy, the 
Committee oversees the relationship with the external 
auditors and monitors all services provided by them 
and all fees payable to them. This is to ensure that 
potential conflicts of interest are considered, and that an 
independent, objective and professional relationship is 
maintained. 

During the 2015 to 2017 financial years, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) had been the 
Company’s external auditors for over 10 years. Therefore, 
the Committee considered the reappointment of the 
external auditor and their independence on an annual 
basis. 

During 2017, the Audit Committee completed a review 
of its auditors and, further to the recommendation of 
the Audit Committee, the Board appointed KPMG LLP 
(“KPMG”) as its new auditor in December 2017. 

The provision of external audit and tax compliance are 
separated where possible. Tax advice is provided by 
independent advisors including KPMG, PwC, EY and 
Bevan & Buckland.  

The Audit Committee also monitors the effectiveness of 
the annual audit. Before the end of the financial year, 
the Committee receives a detailed audit plan from the 
auditors that identifies the auditor’s assessment of 
the key risks and their intended areas of focus. This is 
agreed with the Committee to ensure that the scope and 
coverage of audit work is appropriate.

IQE’s management also provide the Committee with 
feedback on the effectiveness of the audit. In connection 
with 2017 IQE’s management was satisfied that there had 
been appropriate focus and challenge on the primary 
areas of audit risk and they assessed the quality of the 
audit process as good. The Committee concurred with 
the view of management. 

The Committee also regularly reviews the nature, extent, 
objectivity and cost of non-audit services provided by the 
external auditors. In doing this, the Committee does not 
approve the contract for additional services from them 
that would compromise their audit independence. Under 
this policy, the award to the group’s auditors of audit- 
related services, tax consulting services or other non-
audit related services in excess of £10,000 must first be 
approved by both the Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and the Senior Independent Director. The policy also 
establishes guidelines for the recruitment of employees 
or former employees of the external auditor. 

In addition, the group’s auditors are required to make 
a formal report to the Audit Committee annually on 
the safeguards that are in place to maintain their 
independence and the internal safeguards in place to 
ensure their objectivity. 

To ensure compliance with this policy the Audit 
Committee reviewed and approved the remuneration 
received by KPMG for audit services, audit-related 
services and non-audit work. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

49

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

The nature of the services provided by the auditors and the amounts paid to them are as detailed below:

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (group auditors to December 2017)

Fees payable to the company's auditor and its associates for the audit of parent company 
and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable to company's auditor and its associates for other services:

 - The audit of company's subsidiaries

 - Audit related assurance services

 - Tax advisory

 - Tax compliance service

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

- 

99 

- 

11 

5 

- 

10 

11 

5 

- 

Total PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (group auditors to December 2017)

16 

125 

KPMG LLP (group auditors from December 2017)

Fees payable to the company's auditor and its associates for the audit of parent company 
and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable to company's auditor and its associates for other services:

 - The audit of company's subsidiaries

 - Audit related assurance services

 - Tax advisory*

 - Tax compliance service

Total KPMG LLP (group auditors)

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

120

10 

- 

104 

- 

234 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

*Includes fees payable for services engaged prior to the appointment as group auditors of £84,000

Ernst and Young (auditors or MBE Technology Pte Limited)

 - Subsidiary company's audit

 - Tax services

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

8 

8 

9 

3 

Total Ernst and Young (auditors or MBE Technology Pte Limited)

16 

12 

Total

266

137 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

50

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Internal control 
The Audit Committee reviews the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of internal controls and risk management 
activities bi-annually as part of the half year end full year 
public reporting.

Internal Audit 
The group currently operates a system of “peer review” 
for its internal audit, which the Committee considers 
remains appropriate for the size and geographical spread 
of the Group. 

In addition, site financial controllers and plant managers 
are obliged to positively confirm, on a monthly basis, 
that the agreed procedures are in place and are being 
adhered to, with specific reference to key controls such 
as bank and control account reconciliations. 

This process remained in operation for the year under 
review, and the management report any material 
exceptions to the Audit Committee.  There were no 
material exceptions identified during 2017. 

As part of its work, and in line with its terms of reference, 
the Committee also considers the discharge of the 
Board’s responsibilities in the areas of corporate 
governance, financial reporting and internal control, 
including the internal management of risk, as identified 
in the FRC’s revised guidance on Guidance on Risk 
Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and 
Business Reporting. 

Risk management activities are dealt with in more detail 
in the Strategic Report on pages 29 to 35.

The key procedures that the direc-
tors have established with a view to 
providing effective internal control 
include the following: 

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

a clearly defined organisational 
structure and limits of authority; 

corporate policies and procedures for 
financial reporting and control, project 
appraisal, human resources, quality 
control, health and safety, information 
security and corporate governance; 

the preparation of annual budgets 
and regular forecasts which require 
approval from both the Group 
Executive Committee and the Board; 

the monitoring of performance against 
budget and forecasts and the reporting 
of any variances in a timely manner to 
the Board; 

regular review and self-assessment of 
the risks to which the group is exposed, 
taking steps to monitor and mitigate 
these wherever possible; 

where appropriate, taking out 
insurance cover; and approval by the 
Audit Committee of audit plans and, on 
behalf of the Board, receipt of reports 
on the group’s accounting and financial 
reporting practices and its internal 
controls together with reports from 
the external auditors as part of their 
normal audit work. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

51

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Director’s report 

The directors present their annual report and the audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 
December 2017. 

Activities 
The principal activity of the group during the year was 
the development, manufacture and sale of advanced 
semiconductor materials. The principal activity of the 
company is that of a holding company for the group, 
the provision of services to subsidiary companies, and 
the research, development and provision of engineering 
consultancy services to the compound semiconductor 
industry. 

Corporate details
IQE public limited company is incorporated and 
registered in England and Wales number 3745726. The 
registered office is Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff, CF3 
0LW. 

Future developments
A review of the group’s trading during the year, 
its financial position at the year-end and future 
developments is provided on pages 8 to 13.  The review 
includes key performance indicators as detailed in the 
Five Year Financial Summary. The principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the group are set out on page 29 to 
35. The future outlook for the Group is set out on page 
13. 

The directors’ beneficial interests in the company’s 
issued ordinary share capital, long term incentive share 
plans and share options are set out in the remuneration 
report.

Directors’ third party indemnity provisions 
The Company has purchased and maintained 
appropriate insurance cover in respect of directors’ and 

officers’ liabilities.

The Company has also entered into qualifying third party 
indemnity arrangements for the benefit of all its Directors 
in a form and scope which comply with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006. These indemnities were 
in force throughout the year and up to the date of this 

Report and Annual Accounts.

Employment policies
A review of the group’s employment policies is set out in 
the Strategic Report.

Principal risks and uncertainties
Details of the principal risks and uncertainties impacting 
the Group are set out in the Strategic Report on page 29 
to 35.

Dividends 
The directors do not recommend the payment of a 
dividend (2016: £nil). 

Directors
The directors of the Company, who were in office during 
the year and up to the date of signing the financial 
statements, unless otherwise stated are set out below:

Financial risk management
The Group operates a central treasury function 
which acts in accordance with specific board policies. 
Speculative transactions are not permitted. Financial risk 
management objectives and policies of the Group and 
the significant treasury policies that relate to price risk, 
credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk are set out in 
note 21 of the Financial Statements. 

G H H Ainsworth - Chairman
S Gibson - Non Executive Director (resigned 13 June 
2017)
D Jones – Non executive Director (appointed 29 
November 2017)
D Grant – Non Executive Director
P Smith – Non Executive Director
D Nelson – Chief Executive Officer
P Rasmussen – Chief Financial Officer
H Williams – Chief Operations Officer

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

52

Company No: 3745726

 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Substantial interests in shares 
As at 28 February 2018 the company had been notified 
pursuant to the Companies Act of the following 
substantial interests in the shares of the company as 
defined by the Listing Rules in addition to those disclosed 
for the directors:

Exchange they are required to prepare the Group financial 
statements  in  accordance  with  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  as  adopted  by  the  EU  (IFRSs  as 
adopted by the EU) and applicable law and have elected 
to  prepare  the  parent  Company  financial  statements  on 
the same basis.

T Rowe Price International

OppenheimerFunds

Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Mgt

Interactive Investor

Barclays Wealth

Schroder Investment Mgt

Dr Andrew W Nelson

T Rowe Price 

9.28%

6.61%

6.54%

4.44%

4.16%

3.90%

3.90%

3.35%

Shareholder analysis by Canaccord Genuity

Research and development 
The group incurred costs in respect of research and 
development during the year of £17,011,000 (2016: 
£8,358,000) of which £15,434,000 (2016: £7,599,000) has 
been capitalised in accordance with IAS 38 (“Intangible 
assets”). The remaining research and development 
costs totalling £1,577,000 (2016: £759,000) have been 
charged to the income statement, net of grant funding of 
£1,507,000 (2016: £616,000).

Going concern 
The directors, after making enquiries, and considering 
financial forecast to enable them to consider the 
future prospects of the group and have a reasonable 
expectation that it will have adequate resources to 
continue operating for the foreseeable future and 
therefore the going concern basis has been adopted in 
preparing these financial statements. 

Treasury 
IQE operates a central treasury function, which acts in 
accordance with specific board policies. Speculative 
transactions are not permitted. The significant treasury 
policies relate to Interest rates, foreign currency and 
liquidity are detailed in note 21. 

Insurance and Indemnities 
We have purchased and maintain appropriate insurance 
cover in respect of directors’ and officers’ liabilities. The 
Company has also entered into qualifying third party 
indemnity arrangements for the benefit of all its Directors 
in a form and scope that comply with the requirements 
of the Act. These indemnities were in force throughout 
the year and up to the date of this Report and Annual 
Accounts.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of 
the financial statements
The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Annual 
report and accounts for the year ended 31 December 2017 
and the Group and parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations.  

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and 
parent  Company  financial  statements  for  each  financial 
year.  As required by the AIM Rules of the London Stock 

Under  company  law  the  directors  must  not  approve  the 
financial  statements  unless  they  are  satisfied  that  they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and  parent  Company  and  of  their  profit  or  loss  for  that 
period.

In  preparing  each  of  the  Group  and 
parent Company financial statements, 
the directors are required to:  

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently;  

make judgements and estimates that 
are reasonable, relevant and reliable;  

state whether they have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the EU;  

assess the Group and parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern; and  

use the going concern basis of 
accounting unless they either intend 
to liquidate the Group or the parent 
Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do 
so. 

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the  parent  Company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with 
reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial  position 
of the parent Company and enable them to ensure that 
its  financial  statements  comply  with  the  Companies 
Act  2006.    They  are  responsible  for  such  internal 
control  as  they  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  that  are  free  from 
material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error, 
and  have  general  responsibility  for  taking  such  steps  as 
are  reasonably  open  to  them to safeguard the  assets of 
the  Group  and  to  prevent  and  detect  fraud  and  other 
irregularities.  
Under  applicable  law  and  regulations,  the  directors  are 
also  responsible  for  preparing  a  Strategic  Report  and  a 
Directors’  Report  that  complies  with  that  law  and  those 
regulations.  

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information 
included on the company’s website.  Legislation in the 
UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

53

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Provision of information to auditors 
So far as the directors are aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the company’s auditors are 
unaware.  The directors have taken all the steps that 
ought to have been taken as directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the company’s auditors are aware of 
that information.  

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP resigned as auditors on 21 
December 2017 and the directors appointed KPMG LLP. 
A resolution to reappoint KPMG LLP will be proposed at 
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on behalf 
by: 

Phillip Rasmussen, Chief Financial Officer 20 March 2018

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

54

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Remuneration statements
Directors’ Report on Remuneration

Chairman’s statement

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee’s 
report of the Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017 for 
which we will be seeking shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 4 
June 2018. As an AIM-listed company, IQE is not required to submit a remuneration 
policy to a shareholder vote.  However, in light of the feedback received from 
shareholders on directors’ remuneration around the 2016 AGM, we voluntarily 
decided to do so. We appointed Kepler, a brand of Mercer Ltd., to undertake a review 
of IQE’s remuneration arrangements and this culminated in IQE’s remuneration policy 
for the years 2017 to 2019, as set out below. This remuneration policy, along with the 
annual report for 2016 remuneration was approved at the 2017 AGM, with 99.99% 
and 99.73% voting in favour respectively.  This annual report for 2017 remuneration 
will be put to a shareholder vote on a voluntary basis at the 2018 AGM.

Sir David Grant, Remuneration Committee Chairman 

NOTE: This report includes audited and unaudited information, which is identified 
throughout the report.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

55

Company No: 3745726

 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Directors’ Remuneration Policy (Unaudited)
IQE aims to attract, retain and motivate high calibre executives, whilst recognising the need to be cost effective, 
and to incentivise significant industry out-performance. The Committee established a remuneration policy that 
balances these factors, taking account of investor feedback and prevailing best practice. This section of the directors’ 
remuneration report sets out the Policy for Executive Director remuneration which was approved by shareholders at 

the 2017 AGM.

Policy Table (Unaudited)

Function

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Base salary 
To recognise 
the individual’s 
skills and 
experience 
and to provide 
a competitive 
total package.

Base salaries 
are reviewed 
annually, with 
reference to market 
levels, individual 
contribution, the 
experience of each 
Executive and 
increases across 
the Group. Any 
adjustments become 
effective on 1 
January.

Pension 
To provide an 
opportunity 
for executives 
to build up 
income on 
retirement.

Benefits 
To provide 
non-cash 
benefits which 
are competitive 
in the market 
in which the 
executive is 
employed.

All Executives are 
members of the 
Group pension 
scheme and/
or receive a cash 
pension allowance.

Salary is the 
only element of 
remuneration that is 
pensionable.

Executives receive 
benefits which 
consist primarily of 
health cover, private 
medical insurance, 
life assurance, 
long-term disability 
insurance and 
reimbursement 
for fuel, although 
may include other 
benefits that the 
Committee deems 
appropriate in the 
circumstances.

n/a

n/a

n/a

Any base salary increases 
are applied in line with 
the outcome of the 
Committee’s review.

In respect of existing 
executive directors, it is 
anticipated that salary 
increases will generally 
be in line with those of 
salaried employees as 
a whole.  In exceptional 
circumstances (including, 
but not limited to, a 
material increase in 
job size or complexity, 
material market 
misalignment) the 
Committee has discretion 
to make appropriate 
adjustments to salary 
levels to ensure they 
remain appropriate.

Executive Directors 
receive a pension 
contribution of 10% of 
salary or an equivalent 
cash allowance.

Benefits may vary 
according to role and 
individual circumstances.  
Eligibility to benefits and 
the cost of benefits are 
reviewed periodically.

The Committee retains 
discretion to approve a 
higher cost in exceptional 
circumstances (e.g. 
relocation or expatriation) 
or in circumstances 
where market rates have 
changed (e.g. cost of 
insurance cover).

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

56

Company No: 3745726

 
For Executive Directors, 
the maximum annual 
bonus opportunity is 
100% of base salary.

The bonus will pay 0% at 
Threshold, 50% at Target 
and 100% at Maximum, 
with straight-line vesting 
between these levels, 
and no vesting below 
Threshold.

Annual Bonus 
To incentivise 
and reward 
strong 
performance 
against financial 
and personal 
annual targets, 
thus delivering 
value to 
shareholders 
and being 
consistent with 
the delivery of 
the strategic 
plan.

Performance 
measures, targets 
and weightings are 
set at the start of 
the year.

The scheme 
is based on a 
combination 
of financial 
performance 
and personal 
objectives.  At the 
end of the year, 
the Remuneration 
Committee 
determines the 
extent to which 
targets have been 
achieved.

Bonus payments are 
delivered in cash.

Clawback (of any 
bonus paid) may 
be applied during 
employment or 
for 2 years post-
termination in the 
event of gross 
misconduct, 
material financial 
misstatement, error 
in calculation of 
outcomes or in any 
other circumstance 
that the Committee 
considers 
appropriate.

t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Performance is assessed on an 
annual basis against financial 
and personal / strategic 
objectives set at the start of 
each year.

Financial measures will be 
weighted appropriately each 
year according to business 
priorities, and will represent 
no less than 70% of the annual 
bonus.  Performance vs. 
targeted levels will be measured 
at budgeted FX rates.

Personal/strategic objectives will 
represent no more than 30% 
of the bonus and will be set 
annually to capture expected 
individual contributions to IQE’s 
strategic plan.  The personal 
element shall not pay out unless 
financial performance is at least 
at Threshold.

The Committee has discretion 
to adjust formulaic bonus 
outcomes to ensure fairness for 
shareholders and participants, 
to ensure pay aligns underlying 
company performance, and to 
avoid unintended outcomes.  
These adjustments can be 
either upwards (within plan 
limits) or downwards (including 
down to zero). The Committee 
may consider measures outside 
of the bonus framework to 
ensure there is no reward for 
failure.

Further details of the 
measures, weightings and 
targets applicable are provided 
in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

57

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

LTIP 
To drive 
sustained 
long-term 
performance 
that supports 
the creation of 
shareholder 
value.

Under the long-
term incentive 
plan (LTIP) annual 
awards of shares 
or nil-cost options 
may be made 
to participants.  
Award levels and 
performance 
conditions are 
reviewed before 
each award cycle to 
ensure they remain 
appropriate.

The Committee 
has the discretion 
to authorise a 
payment, in cash or 
shares, equal to the 
value of dividends 
which would have 
accrued on vested 
shares during the 
vesting period.

Malus (of any 
unvested LTIP) 
and clawback (of 
any vested LTIP) 
may be applied 
during employment 
or for 2 years 
post-termination 
in the event of 
gross misconduct, 
material financial 
misstatement, error 
in calculation of 
outcomes or in any 
other circumstance 
that the Committee 
considers 
appropriate.

The LTIP provides for 
normal awards of up 
to 100% of salary. A 
multiplier of up to 2x may 
apply to the normal level 
of vesting in case of truly 
exceptional performance.

In exceptional 
circumstances, including 
but not limited to 
recruitment, normal 
awards may be made 
up to 200% of salary 
to secure the right 
individual.

Up to 25% of the LTIP 
will be paid for achieving 
Threshold performance, 
increasing on a straight-
line basis to full vesting 
for achieving Stretch 
performance.

Vesting of LTIP awards is subject 
to achieving performance 
conditions and continued 
employment.

The Committee has the 
discretion to change the 
performance measures for 
new cycles to ensure that 
they continue to be linked to 
the delivery of the Company’s 
strategy. Any significant change 
would be subject to prior 
shareholder consultation.  

For 2018, the performance 
condition for the award will 
continue to be based on EPS 
growth from RPI +4% to 10% 
p.a. over 3 years.  The 2017 LTIP 
award included a provision to 
double the award if absolute 
TSR growth over the 3-year 
performance period is 100% 
or more. This provision will not 
apply to the 2018 LTIP award

If no entitlement has been 
earned at the end of the 
relevant performance period, 
awards lapse. 

The Committee has discretion 
to adjust the EPS outcome 
to ensure it fairly reflects 
underlying performance. The 
Committee also considers 
environmental, social, 
governance and health and 
safety criteria, to ensure there is 
no reward for failure.

Details of the targets to be 
used in future LTIP grants are 
included in the on in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Notes to the policy table (Unaudited)

Performance measure selection and approach to target setting
The measures used under the annual bonus plan are selected annually to reflect IQE’s main objectives for the year 
and reflect both financial performance and personal contributions to the strategic plan. The Committee considers 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

58

Company No: 3745726

 
EPS to be a key measure of IQE’s long-term bottom line 
performance.  TSR is a measure which strongly aligns 
management and shareholder interests. 

Targets applying to the bonus and LTIP are reviewed 
annually, based on a number of internal and external 
reference points. Performance targets are intended to 
be stretching and achievable, and reflect IQE’s strategic 
priorities and its market opportunities. 

Remuneration policy for other employees
All employees are eligible to participate in a discretionary 
annual bonus and our HMRC-approved share option 
scheme. Only executive directors participated in the 
Group’s LTIP during 2017. 

Shareholding guidelines
The Committee wishes to encourage Executive Directors 
to build up a significant shareholding in the Company. 
Shareholding guidelines will therefore be put in place to 
require Executive Directors to acquire a shareholding 
(excluding shares held conditionally pursuant to LTIP 
performance) equivalent to 200% of base salary. Until 
the relevant shareholding levels are achieved, 50% of 
any shares vesting (post-tax) under the new LTIP are 
required to be held.  Executive Directors are expected 
to build up the required shareholding within five years 
of appointment to the Board.  Details of the Executive 
Directors’ current shareholdings are provided in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. All Executive Directors 
held shares equivalent to a number in excess of 200% of 
salary as at 31 December 2017.

t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

59

Company No: 3745726

 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Non-Executive Director Remuneration 
(Unaudited)

Details of the policy on fees paid to the company’s Non-
Executive Directors are set out in the table below:

Subject to re-election by shareholders, Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed by the full Board and retire by 
rotation in accordance with the company’s articles of 
association. 
The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors are 
matters reserved for the full Board subject to a limit 
of £150,000 per annum (exclusive of value added tax 
if applicable) or such other figure as shareholders my 
approve plus reasonable expenses in accordance with 
the company’s articles of association.  

The Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to 
participate in the Company’s performance related bonus 
plan, long-term incentive plans or pension arrangements.

Full terms and conditions for each of the Non-Executive 
Directors are available at the company’s registered office 
during normal business hours and will be available at the 
AGM for 15 minutes prior to the meeting and during the 
meeting.

NED

Date of
appointment letter

Dr Godfrey Ainsworth

16 June 2016

Sir David Grant

1 September 2012

Phil Smith

30 November 2016

Sir Derek Jones

1 December 2017

Function

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Fees 
To attract and 
retain Non-
Executive 
Directors of the 
highest calibre 
with broad 
commercial 
and other 
experience 
relevant to the 
Company.

The fees paid to the Non-
Executive Directors are 
determined by the Board 
(excluding the NED or 
group of NEDs whose 
remuneration is being 
discussed).

Fee levels are 
benchmarked against 
similar roles at 
comparable companies.  
Time commitment and 
responsibility are taken 
into account when 
reviewing fee levels.

n/a

Fee levels are 
reviewed annually, 
with any adjustments 
effective 1 January 
in the year following 
review.

It is expected that 
increases to non-
executive director fee 
levels will normally be 
in line with salaried 
employees over the 
life of this policy.  
However, in the 
event that there is a 
material misalignment 
with market or a 
material change in 
the time commitment 
required to fulfil a 
non-executive director 
role, the Board has 
the power to make 
an appropriate 
adjustment to the fee 
level.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

60

Company No: 3745726

 
 
Pay scenarios (Unaudited)

The charts below provide an illustration of the potential future reward opportunities for the Executive Directors, and 
the split between the different elements of remuneration under four different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘On-
target’ ‘Maximum’ and ‘Stretch’. 

t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

The ‘minimum’ scenario comprises just fixed 
remuneration, i.e. base salary, pension and benefits 
which are the elements of the remuneration package not 
linked to performance.  The figures for base salary and 
pension (10% of salary) are as of 1 January 2017, while 
those for taxable benefits are based on the single figure 
table for 2016.

The ‘on-target’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration as 
above, plus a target bonus payout of 50% of maximum 
and threshold vesting for the LTIP of 25% of maximum.

The ‘maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus 
full payout of the annual bonus (100% of salary) plus full 
vesting of the normal LTIP of 100% of salary.

The ‘stretch-maximum’ scenario reflects fixed 
remuneration, plus full payout of the annual bonus at 
100% of salary, plus the normal LTIP of 100% of salary 
with a 2x multiplier applied for doubling shareholder 
value over 3 years.

Approach to recruitment 
remuneration (Unaudited)

External appointments
In the cases of hiring or appointing a new Executive 
Director from outside the Company, the Remuneration 
Committee may make use of all the existing components 
of remuneration, as follows:

Component

Approach

Maximum annual 
grant value

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

Annual Bonus

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by 
reference to relevant market data, experience and skills 
of the individual, internal relativities and current basic 
salary. Where new appointees have initial basic salaries set 
below market, any shortfall may be managed with phased 
increases over multiple years subject to the individual’s 
development in the role.

New appointees will receive pension contributions or an 
equivalent cash supplement in line with existing policy.

New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits which 
may include (but are not limited to) those outlined in the 
policy table.  

The structure described in the policy table will apply to new 
appointees with the relevant maximum being pro-rated 
to reflect the proportion of employment over the year.  
Targets for the personal element will be tailored to each 
executive.

100% of salary

LTIP

New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on 
the same terms as other executives, as described in the 
policy table.

Up to 200% of salary 
on appointment; 
normally 100% of 
salary thereafter

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

61

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

In determining the appropriate remuneration for a 
new executive director appointee, the Remuneration 
Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors 
(including nature and quantum of each component 
of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the 
candidate was recruited) to ensure that arrangements 
are in the best interests of IQE and its shareholders.  
The Committee may make an award in respect of a new 
appointment to ‘buy out’ remuneration arrangements 
forfeited on leaving a previous employer on a like-
for-like basis, which may be awarded in addition to 
the ongoing remuneration elements outlined in the 
table above.  In doing so, the Committee will consider 
relevant factors, including time to vesting, performance 
conditions attached to awards, and the likelihood of 
these conditions being met.  Any ‘buy-out’ awards will 
typically be made under the existing annual bonus and 
LTIP schemes, although in exceptional circumstances the 
Committee may exercise the discretion available under 
Listing Rule 9.4.2 R to make awards using a different 
structure.  Any ‘buy-out’ awards would have a fair value 
no higher than the awards forfeited.

Internal appointments
In the case an internal promotion to the Board, the 
Remuneration Committee will use the same policy as 
detailed above, although there will be no opportunity for 
a buyout. However, where an individual has contractual 
commitments made prior to their promotion to Executive 
Director level, the Company will continue to honour these 
arrangements.  

Non-Executive Directors
In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the 
Remuneration Committee will utilise the policy as set out 
in the table on page 60 .

Service contracts and treatment 
for leavers and change of control 
(Unaudited)

Executive

Date of service contract

Dr Andrew Nelson

1 June 2016

Phillip Rasmussen

7 January 2007

Dr Howard 
Williams

1 June 2016

Executive Director service contracts, including 
arrangements for early termination, are carefully 
considered by the Committee. Each of the Executive 
Directors has a rolling service contract requiring 6 
months’ notice of termination on either side. Such 
contracts contain no specific provision for compensation 
for loss of office, other than an obligation to pay for any 
notice period waived by the Company, where pay refers 
to salary, benefits and pension only. Executive Director’s 
service contracts are available to view at the Company’s 
registered office.

When considering exit payments, the Committee reviews 
all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair 
to both shareholders and participants.  The table below 
summarises how the awards under the annual bonus 
and LTIP are typically treated in different circumstances, 
with the final treatment remaining subject to the 
Committee’s discretion:

Reason for leaving

Calculation of vesting / payment

Annual bonus

Resignation

No annual bonus payable.

‘Good leaver’1

Change of control

LTIP

Cash bonuses will typically be paid to the extent that performance objectives have 
been met. Any resulting bonus will typically be prorated for time worked.  The 
Committee retains discretion to vary this treatment in individual circumstances.

Resignation

Outstanding awards lapse

The Committee determines whether and to what extent outstanding awards vest 
based on the extent to which performance conditions have been achieved and the 
proportion of the vesting period worked.  The Committee retains discretion to vary 
this treatment in individual circumstances.

‘Good leaver’1 and 
change of control

The determination of vesting will be made as soon as reasonably practical following 
the end of the performance period or such earlier date as the Committee may 
agree (within 12 months in the event of death).

In the event of a change of control, awards may alternatively be exchanged for new 
equivalent awards in the acquirer where appropriate.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

62

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

1 ‘Good leaver’ is defined as a participant ceasing to be 
employed by the Group by reason of death, disability, 
ill health, retirement or any other reason that the 
Committee determines in its absolute discretion.

External appointments (Unaudited)

employees on the executive remuneration policy and 
implementation.

Consideration of shareholder views 
(Unaudited)

With the approval of the Board in each case, and subject 
to the overriding requirements of the Group, Executive 
Directors may accept external appointments as Non-
Executive Directors of other companies and retain any 
fees received.  None of the executive directors received 
any remuneration from external directorships.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere 
in the company (Unaudited)

When making decisions on changes to Executive Director 
remuneration, the Committee considers changes to pay 
and conditions across the Group.  To this end, the HR 
Manager provides the Committee with a summary of the 
proposed level of average increase for employees prior 
to the annual salary review. For Executive Directors, the 
Remuneration Committee does not formally consult with 

The Remuneration Committee maintains a regular 
dialogue with the company’s major shareholders. 
Following the 2016 AGM, we consulted with shareholders 
regarding the concerns raised regarding the previous 
year’s remuneration report.  Subsequently, we appointed 
Kepler as the company’s independent consultant to 
assist the Committee and help us review our approach 
to executive remuneration, monitor trends and 
developments in corporate governance, market practice 
and shareholder views, and reporting in the director’s 
remuneration report.

Remuneration Committee role, 
membership and advice (Unaudited)
The primary role of the Committee is to determine and 
agree with the Board fair and reasonable remuneration 
arrangements for the Chairman and Executive Directors. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

63

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Annual report on remuneration

The main activities of the 
Remuneration Committee during the 
year were as follows:

•	

•	

•	

•	

Determined annual bonuses payable to 
executive directors in 2017.

Reviewed and approved vesting of LTIP 
awards.

Reviewed and approved the executive 
directors’ salaries for 2017.

Determined performance targets for 
the executive directors’ 2018 annual 
bonus and LTIP awards in line with the 
Company’s strategic plan.

•	

Drafted the Directors Remuneration 
Report.

The Committee’s terms of reference are set out on the 
Company’s website at www.iqep.com.

During the year, the Committee 
comprised 2 Non-Executive 
Directors: 

•	

•	

Sir David Grant, Non-Executive 
Director and Remuneration Committee 
Chairman attended 3 out of 3 meetings 
during the year

Dr Godfrey Ainsworth, Company 
Chairman, attended 3 out of 3 meetings 
during the year

Mr Phil Smith and Sir Derrick Jones joined the Committee 
at the beginning of 2018. The Board undertakes an 
annual evaluation of the Committee’s performance 

to ensure its continued ability to independently and 
objectively review executive director remuneration at the 
Group.

The following individuals may be 
invited to attend Committee on 
certain occasion to provide advice 
and to help the Committee to make 
informed decisions. No individuals 
are involved in decisions relating to 
their own remuneration.

•	

•	

•	

Dr Andrew Nelson, Chief Executive 
Officer

Jason Howells, Company Secretary 
and Secretary to the Remuneration 
Committee

Representatives from Kepler, a brand 
of Mercer Ltd, independent advisors to 
the Committee

Kepler, a brand of Mercer (Kepler), provides independent 
advice to the Committee.  Kepler is a signatory to the 
Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in 
the UK, operated by the Remuneration Consultants 
Group, and which requires all advice to be objective and 
independent (see www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.
com for more information).  Services provided by 
Kepler included advice on remuneration packages 
for executives, assistance with a review of incentive 
arrangements and support on drafting this DRR, as well 
as other ad-hoc advice on remuneration. Fees of £61,000 
were paid to Kepler in respect of services they provided 
to the Company in 2017 and December 2016 (as they 
began their appointment in December 2016). The 
Committee is comfortable that Kepler is independent, 
does not have any connections with IQE that may impair 
their independence, and does not provide any services to 
the Group other than its advice on remuneration.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

64

Company No: 3745726

 
Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (Audited 
Information)

The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Director for the year ended 31 
December 2017 and the prior year:

Dr Andrew Nelson

Phillip Rasmussen

Dr Howard Williams

t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Salary

Benefits1

Annual bonus2

Long-term incentive3

Pension4

Total

2017
£’000

515

6

515

      -

51

2016 
£’000

2017
£’000

2016 
£’000

2017
£’000

2016 
£’000

503

10

503

-

50

345

4

345

-

34

728

337

5

337

-

36

715

345

1

345

-

34

725

337

1

337

-

36

711

1,087

1,066

1. 

2. 

3. 

Taxable benefits for 2017 consist of health cover, private medical insurance, life assurance, long-term 
disability insurance, fuel and car repairs.

Annual bonus payments for performance during 2017 were 100% of salary.  Details are included below in 
“Incentive outcomes for year ending 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016”.

No LTIP awards were due to vest in 2017 or 2016, as the 2014 and 2015 awards were delayed until 2016 
and, as such, will vest based on performance to 1 January 2019. In addition, the Directors did not exercise 
any share options during the year (2016: nil).

4. 

Executive directors participate in a defined contribution scheme, in relation to which the Company 
contributed 10% of salary.    

Incentive outcomes for year ending 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016 
(Unaudited)

Annual Bonus
In 2016 financial objectives were met in full and the maximum bonus of 100% of salary was paid.

In 2017 financial objectives were met in full and the maximum bonus of 100% of salary was paid.

Long-term incentive plan
No LTIP awards were due to vest in 2016 or 2017, as 2014 and 2015 awards were delayed until 2016 and, as such, will 
vest based on performance to 1 January 2019.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

65

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Percentage change in CEO 
remuneration (Unaudited)
The table below shows the percentage change in CEO 
remuneration from the prior year compared to the 
average percentage change in remuneration for other 
employees. The CEO’s annual remuneration includes 
base salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus. The % 
change in annual remuneration for other employees 
is calculated using the increase in the earnings of all 
employees who were employed in the UK throughout 
2016 and 2017. The Committee considers the UK 
employee population to be the most appropriate 
comparison for CEO vs. other employee pay, as all 
executive directors are currently employed in the UK, 
our UK employee population includes employees at all 
levels of the organisation, and pay inflation in our other 
geographies is affected by local market factors.

% change 2016-17

CEO

+2.4%

- 6.0%

+2.4%

All UK 
employees

+3.0%

-5.4%

+68%

Base salary

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

Relative importance of spend on pay 
(Unaudited)
The graph below shows shareholder distributions (i.e. 
dividends and share buybacks) and total employee pay 
expenditure for the financial years ended 31 December 
2016 and 31 December 2017, along with the percentage 
change.

Historical TSR performance

Review of past performance (Unaudited)
The following graph charts the TSR of the Company and the FTSE AIM Index (to which IQE is a member) over the 
period from 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2017.  

600.0

450.0

300.0

150.0

0.0

2013

IQE
AIM

2014

2015

2016

2017

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

66

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

The table below details the Chief Executive’s “single figure” remuneration over the same period.

Historical CEO remuneration

CEO single figure of remuneration (£000)

STI award as a % of  maximum opportunity

LTI award as a % of maximum opportunity

2013

1,266

0%

100%

2014

2015

889

0%

83%

851

0%

100%

2016

1,066

100%

n/a

2017

1,087

  100%

n/a

Scheme interests awarded in 2017 (Audited Information)

Executive director

Award type

Date of award

# shares 
awarded

Face value

End of performance 
period

Dr Andrew Nelson

Nil-cost option

6 January 2017

4,069,579 

£1,638,180 

31 December 2019 

Phillip Rasmussen

Nil-cost option

6 January 2017

2,726,537

£1,104,247 

31 December 2019

Dr Howard Williams

Nil-cost option

6 January 2017

2,726,537

£1,104,247

31 December 2019

The face value of shares was based on the share price at date of award of 40.5p 

Vesting of these awards is subject to EPS growth in excess of RPI as illustrated below, where EPS is measured over the 
period from 1 January 2017 to 1 January 2020.  All awards will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant on 6 
January 2020.

Exit payments made in the year (Unaudited)
No exit payments were paid to any director during the year. 

Payments to past directors (Unaudited)
No payments were made to past directors during the year. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

67

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Single total figure of remuneration 
for Non-Executive Directors (Audited 
Information)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total 
remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director 
for the year ended 31 December 2017 and the prior year:

NED fees

2017 
£’000

125

50

23

50

4

2016 
£’000

125

50

50

n/a

n/a

Dr Godfrey Ainsworth

Sir David Grant

Prof Simon Gibson1

Phil Smith

Sir Derek Jones2

1. Prof Simon Gibson retired from the Board on 13 
June 2017.

2. Sir Derek Jones was appointed to the Board as an 
independent director on 29 November 2017.

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2018 (Unaudited)

Base salary
The Committee approved the following base salary increases, in line with the average increase for all UK employees:

Executive Director

Annual base salary at 
1 January 2017

Annual base salary at 
1 January 2018

Percentage 
increase

Dr Andrew Nelson

Phillip Rasmussen

Dr Howard Williams

£515,000

£345,000

£345,000

525,300

351,900

351,900

2%

2%

2%

Pension
Executive Directors are entitles to a pension contribution of 10% of salary or equivalent cash allowance.

Annual bonus (Unaudited)
For 2018 the Committee approved the following annual bonus opportunities for Executive Directors, as outlined in the 
Policy Table.  The Committee considers annual bonus targets for 2018 to be commercially sensitive at this time but will 
disclose them retrospectively once they are no longer commercially sensitive.

EBITDA 
(% weighting)

Cashflow 
(% weighting)

Personal/strategic
objectives (% weighting)

Maximum annual bonus 
opportunity (% salary)

60%

20%

20%

100%

Payment of the personal element is also subject to IQE achieving Threshold EBITDA performance.

LTIP (Audited Information)
For 2018, normal LTIP awards of up to 100% of salary may be made to executive directors, as outlined in the Policy 
Table.  For all participants, awards will vest after three years in accordance with the performance conditions outlined 
in the table below.  No award will vest below Threshold performance, and vesting will increase on a straight-line basis 
between Threshold and Stretch.  

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

68

Company No: 3745726

 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2018 – continued (Unaudited)
UK high street retail prices are not particularly relevant to IQE global semiconductor revenues or the way we drive 
business performance internally, so we have converted the EPS scale from real growth of 4-10% p.a. to nominal 
growth of 6-12% p.a. (which assumes a long run UK RPI of 2% p.a. for equivalence).

Vesting schedule

Compound annual growth rate in EPS from 1 January 2018 to 31 Dec 2020

3-year EPS growth  % of normal maximum

Threshold

Stretch

+6%

12%

25%

100%

Chairman and Non-Executive Director Fees (Unaudited)
The Board reviewed the Group’s Chairman’s fee and decided to make no change for 2018.  It will therefore remain at 
£125k p.a. NEDs will continue to receive a fee of £50k p.a. with no additional fees for chairing a Board Committee or 
for fulfilling the role of Senior Independent Director.

Directors’ interests (Unaudited)
A table setting out the beneficial interests of the Directors and their families in the share capital of the Company as at 
31 December 2017 is set out below.

Since 31 December 2017 there have been no changes in the Directors’ interests in shares.
Details of Directors’ share options are set out in the tables below.

Shares 
owned 
outright as 
at 1 Jan 2017

Shares owned 
outright as at 
31 Dec 2017

Shareholding 
requirement  
% salary/fee

Curren
 shareholding % 
salary/fee

Requirement  
met?

Dr Andrew 
Nelson
Phillip 
Rasmussen
Dr Howard 
Williams
Dr Godfrey 
Ainsworth
Sir David 
Grant

Phil Smith

Sir Derek 
Jones1

35,259,218

28,459,218

3,473,357

1,573,357

4,292,965

2,392,965

3,154,197

2,154,197

215,000

215,000

0

N/A

0

0

200%

200%

200%

N/A

1.	

Sir Derek Jones was appointed on 29 November 2017.

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

7,571%

625%

950%

2,360%

589%

N/A

N/A

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

69

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

2017

Dr Andrew 
Nelson
Phillip 
Rasmussen
Dr Howard 
Williams
Dr Godfrey 
Ainsworth
Sir David 
Grant

Phil Smith

Sir Derek 
Jones1

2016

Dr Andrew 
Nelson
Phillip 
Rasmussen
Dr Howard 
Williams
Dr Godfrey 
Ainsworth
Sir David 
Grant

Phil Smith

Sir Derek 
Jones1

Options

Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
performance

Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
employment

Vested but 
unexercised

Vested 
during 
year

Lapsed 
during 
year

Exercised 
during 
year

11,886,782

7,952,645

7,952,645

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,145,433

2,211,444

3,089,907

N/A

Options

Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
performance

Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
employment

Vested but 
unexercised

Vested 
during 
year

Lapsed 
during 
year

Exercised 
during 
year

7,817,203

5,226,108

5,226,108

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,861,192

2,211,444

3,089,907

N/A

Summary of shareholder voting at the 2016 AGM (Unaudited)
Results of the vote on the remuneration report at the IQE’s AGM on 13 June 2017 are as below:

Total number of votes

% of votes cast

For (including discretionary)

Against

271,462,338

191,120

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

271,653,458

Votes withheld

522,222

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

272,175,680

99.73%

0.07%

99.81%

0.19%

100%

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

70

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Director’s biographies 

Dr Godfrey H H Ainsworth FCA (62) 
Chairman, Non-Executive Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee 
Following a Ph.D at Cardiff University, Dr Godfrey Ainsworth qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant and was employed by Coopers & Lybrand before becoming an audit partner 
and then corporate finance partner with Spicer & Oppenheim. He founded Gambit 
Corporate Finance in 1992, a practice specialising in the provision of corporate finance 
services where he was Managing Partner until his retirement from the firm in November 
2009. He has held several Non-Executive Directorship appointments, including 
assignments for 3i plc, The Business Growth Fund and the Welsh Development Agency. 
He was appointed to the Board of EPI (prior to its merger with QED Inc to form IQE plc) 
in 1997. He was appointed to the Board of IQE Plc in April 1999, and was appointed 
Chairman in February 2002. Current directorships: Omniport Holdings Limited, Seren 
Photonics Limited, Cardiff Partnership Fund. In April 2018, Dr Ainsworth became 
Executive Chairman providing support to the CEO, concentrating on investor and 
external relations and providing oversight support on an interim basis to the Finance 
Team.. 

Sir David Grant CBE (70) Non-executive Director, 
Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
Sir David Grant has a background in engineering and technology and was appointed to 
the Board of IQE Plc in September 2012. He was Vice- Chancellor of Cardiff University 
from 2001 to 2012. Previously he held leadership positions in a number of international 
businesses including United Technologies Corp., Dowty Group plc and GEC plc. He 
has been a Vice-President of the IET, and was a Vice-President of the Royal Academy 
of Engineering from 2007 to 2012. He was awarded the IEE’s Mensforth Gold Medal 
in 1996 and in 1997 he was made a CBE for his contribution to the UK’s Foresight 
Programme. He has a PhD in Engineering Science from the University of Durham. 
Current directorships: Renishaw plc, DSTl, STEMNET, NPL. 

Phil Smith (60) Senior Independent Director 

Phil Smith BSc, Hon LLD, DUniv. FIET, became Chairman of Cisco for the UK and Ireland 
in August 2016, after eight years as Chief Executive. Mr Smith is also the Chairman of 
Innovate UK and Chairman of the Tech Partnership. Additionally, he sits on the Board of 
the National Centre for Universities and Business (NCUB). Mr Smith has a thirty-five year 
track record in the technology industry in leading companies including Philips Electronics 
and IBM. In September 2014 he was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Birmingham 
City University, cited for his outstanding contribution to the IT industry, a “leader among 
leaders”. In March 2015 Mr Smith was awarded an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Laws 
by the University of Warwick and in 2016 an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Science by 
his alma mater, Glasgow University. Current directorships: INNOVATE UK.

Sir Derek Jones KCB (65) Non-executive Director 

Sir Derek Jones was the Permanent Secretary of the Welsh Government as well as a 
member of the UK Civil Service Board and its Senior Leadership Committee until he 
retired from the Welsh Government in February 2017. He spent the earlier part of his 
government career in Whitehall, working at HM Treasury and the then Department for 
Trade & Industry, where he headed the Far East Trade Desk.  In government in Wales 
he has also served as Director of Finance and Director of Economic Affairs. Outside 
government, Sir Derek was Director of Business & Strategic Partnerships at Cardiff 
University, responsible for securing long-term collaborations with the private sector 
and is an Honorary Professor and Fellow of the University. Sir Derek is currently the 
Chair of the Prince’s Trust in Wales and is a Vice President of Cardiff Business Club.  He 
was made Companion of the Order of the Bath (CB) in 2009 and subsequently Knight 
Commander (KCB) in 2014, for services to economic and social conditions. Due to his 
work in government, Sir Derek does not hold any other current directorships and has 
not held any past directorships within the last five years.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

72

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Dr Drew Nelson OBE (63)
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dr Drew Nelson has over 30 years’ experience in the semiconductor industry in a 
variety of research and managerial positions. Following a PhD in Semiconductor Physics, 
he joined BT Research Laboratories in 1981, leading the group responsible for the 
development of advanced optoelectronic devices for optical fibre communications. He 
subsequently managed the technology transfer from BT to Agilent for mass production. 
He co- founded EPI in 1988 (which became IQE in 1999) and was appointed Chief 
Executive Officer of IQE Plc in April 1999. Dr Nelson has held several Non- Executive 
Directorship appointments, and served on several Government and Industry bodies. 
He received an OBE in 2001 for services to the Electronics Industry. He is currently a 
member of the High Level Group appointed by the EC to oversee the implementation of 
Key Enabling Technologies (KETs) throughout Europe. 

Phillip Rasmussen (47) Chief Financial Officer 

Phillip Rasmussen qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Coopers and Lybrand, a 
predecessor firm of PwC. During his career with PwC he spent two years in Toronto, 
Canada and gained significant experience of working with and advising a broad range of 
companies in a variety of sectors, including multinational main market and companies 
trading on AIM. Before joining IQE, Mr Rasmussen was Director of Transaction Services 
with PwC in Bristol and worked with IQE on two major acquisitions during 2006. He was 
appointed to the Board of IQE Plc in March 2007, and also served as Company Secretary 
from January 2009 until March 2017. It is with the deepest sadness that in April 2018, 
the Board announced that its long-serving Chief Financial Officer, Phillip J Rasmussen 
BSc ACA, had died.  His death follows a cycling incident that took place on 1 April 2018 
whilst on holiday abroad.

Dr Howard Williams (63) Chief Operations Officer 

Dr Howard Williams has held a number of positions within both manufacturing and 
service industry sectors, with roles ranging from Engineering Management to General 
Management. He was a member of the founding team of EPI in 1988 (which became 
IQE in 1999) and was appointed Operations Director for EPI in 1996. He was appointed 
General Manager of IQE Inc in 2002 and General Manager of IQE (Europe) Limited 
in 2003. He was subsequently appointed Chief Operations Officer in 2004 and was 
appointed to the Board of IQE Plc as Operations Director in December 2004. 

Jason Howells (32) Company Secretary 

Jason Howells studied at University of Oxford where he gained a BA (Hons) in 
Jurisprudence and subsequently completed his Postgraduate Diploma in Legal Practice 
at Cardiff University. He qualified as a solicitor at Eversheds LLP, a predecessor of 
Eversheds Sutherland (International) LLP. After seven years at Eversheds, which included 
a secondment to GlaxoSmithKline, he moved to Capita Property and Infrastructure in 
2015 before joining IQE in October 2016. Jason was appointed Company Secretary in 
March 2017.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

73

Company No: 3745726

 
t
r
o
p
e
r

’

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Officers and advisers

IQE plc is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. 

Directors 
Dr G H H Ainsworth BSc, Ph.D, FCA (Chairman, Non-executive)
Dr A W Nelson OBE, BSc, Ph.D, FREng (President and Chief Executive Officer)
Mr P Smith BSc, Hon LLD, DUniv., CEng, FIET (Senior Independent Non-executive Director)
Sir David Grant CBE PhD FREng FLSW CEng FIET (Non-executive Director)
Mr P J Rasmussen BSc, ACA (Chief Financial Officer)
Dr H R Williams BSc, Ph.D, CEng, MIMechE, MCIBSE (Operations Director)

Sir Derek Jones KCB (Non-executive Director) appointed 29 November 2017

Company Secretary 
Mr J M Howells MA (oxon) 

Registered office 
Pascal Close, Cardiff, United Kingdom, CF3 0LW 

Principal Bankers 
HSBC Bank Plc 
8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ 

Auditors 
KPMG LLP
3 Assembly Square, Britannia Quay, Cardiff CF10 4AX

Nominated advisers and brokers 
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street, London, EC2V 7QR 

Joint brokers 
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House, 120 London Wall, London EC2Y 5ET
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited
4th Floor 150 Cheapside, London, United Kingdom, EC2V 6ET

Registrars 
Link Asset Services
The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU 

Investor relations 
Chris Meadows
Tel +44(0)29 2083 9400 
investors@iqep.com

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

74

Company No: 3745726

 
 
Independent 
Independent 
auditor’s report
auditor’s report

Overview

Overview
Materiality: 
group financial 
Materiality: 
statements as a whole
group financial 
statements as a whole

Coverage

£940k

4.1% of group profit before tax

£940k

4.1% of group profit before tax
97%of group profit before tax

Coverage

97%of group profit before tax

Risks of material misstatement                

Risks of material misstatement                

Revenue recognition

Recurring risks

Recurring risks

Revenue recognition

Valuation of intangible assets 
and goodwill

Valuation of intangible assets 
and goodwill

Capitalisation of development
costs

Capitalisation of development
costs

Parent Company only Valuation of investments in 

Parent Company only Valuation of investments in 

subsidiaries

subsidiaries

to the members of IQE plc
to the members of IQE plc

1. Our opinion is unmodified

1. Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of IQE 
plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 
We have audited the financial statements of IQE 
December 2017 which comprise the consolidated 
plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 
income statement, consolidated statement of 
December 2017 which comprise the consolidated 
comprehensive income, consolidated balance 
income statement, consolidated statement of 
sheet, consolidated statement of changes in equity, 
comprehensive income, consolidated balance 
consolidated cash flow statement, parent company 
sheet, consolidated statement of changes in equity, 
balance sheet, parent company statement of 
consolidated cash flow statement, parent company 
changes in equity, parent company cash flow 
balance sheet, parent company statement of 
statement, and the related notes, including the 
changes in equity, parent company cash flow 
accounting policies in note 2. 
statement, and the related notes, including the 
accounting policies in note 2. 

In our opinion: 

In our opinion: 

— the financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the 
— the financial statements give a true and fair 
parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the 
2017 and of the Group’s profit for the year then 
parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
ended;  
2017 and of the Group’s profit for the year then 
ended;  

— the group financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with 
— the group financial statements have been 
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
properly prepared in accordance with 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as 
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU);  
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as 
— the parent Company financial statements have 
adopted by the EU);  
been properly prepared in accordance with 
— the parent Company financial statements have 
IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in 
been properly prepared in accordance with 
accordance with the provisions of the 
IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in 
Companies Act 2006; and  
accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and  

— the financial statements have been prepared in 

— the financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion  

accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion  

We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs 
We conducted our audit in accordance with 
(UK)”) and applicable law.  Our responsibilities are 
International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs 
described below.  We have fulfilled our ethical 
(UK)”) and applicable law.  Our responsibilities are 
responsibilities under, and are independent of the 
described below.  We have fulfilled our ethical 
Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements 
responsibilities under, and are independent of the 
including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to 
Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements 
listed entities.  We believe that the audit evidence 
including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to 
we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate 
listed entities.  We believe that the audit evidence 
basis for our opinion. 
we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate 
basis for our opinion. 

 
2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by 
us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team.  These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  In 
arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows: 

The risk

Our response

Revenue recognition 

Refer to note 2.21 (accounting 
policy).

Carrying value of intangible 
assets and goodwill (£108.5 
million; 2016: £104.0m)

Refer to note 2.5 (accounting 
policy) and note 13 (financial 
disclosures).

Our procedures included:

— Control design: Matched sales invoices to 
related orders and dispatch notes at the 
transaction level.

— Enquiry of customers: Obtained direct 
confirmation of SMI balances of £7,317k 
held by customers to determine the level of 
inventory held by each at the year-end. 

— Test of details: Vouched specific billings 
and accruals around the year-end cut-off 
period to dispatch note. 

— Historical comparison: Assessed the 

returns and rebates provisions based on 
historical trends, contract terms and any 
specific known product issues identified 
either at or subsequent to the year-end. 

Inappropriate inclusion of a sale in 
2017 rather than 2018: 

Professional standards require us to 
make a rebuttable presumption that the 
fraud risk from revenue recognition is a 
significant risk.  

Pressures on achieving internal and 
external expectations of results increase 
the risk of fraudulent revenue 
recognition.  

The Group recognises revenue when 
the risks and rewards of the underlying 
sale have been transferred to the 
customer, which is on the delivery and 
acceptance of the goods by the 
customer.  For certain sales, the Group 
recognises revenue on Supplier 
Managed Inventory (SMI) contracts at 
the point of receipt into the customer’s 
warehouse.  Those contracts require the 
Group to maintain the inventory level at 
the customer within a specified range.  

Provisions for sales returns and rebates 
as a result of delivered wafers not being 
within the required specification may be 
insufficient at the year-end. 

Forecast based valuation:

Our procedures included: 

The carrying amount of intangible assets 
in the Group is significant, £108.5m at 
31 December 2017, consisting of 
goodwill (£64.4m), development costs 
(£35.5m) and other intangibles (£8.6m).  

The recoverable amounts of the 
goodwill (which relates to the III/V 
Epitaxy and Substrates CGUs) are 
determined from Value in Use 
calculations.  

The VIU calculations represent a key 
judgement area as changes in the 
underlying assumptions, particularly 
relating to forecast cash flows and 
discount rates, could result in a material 
misstatement through an impairment 
being required against the goodwill or 
one or more intangible assets.  

Development costs are tested for 
impairment only when an indicator of 
impairment is present.  If any such 
indicators are identified, VIU calculations 
are prepared. 

— Control design: Evaluated the Group’s 

budgeting procedures upon which the 
forecast cash flows are based.  Assessed 
whether the forecasts (including growth 
rate) were consistent with current business 
strategies in place. 

— Historical comparisons: Compared 

budgets for the prior year(s) with actual 
results and understanding the reasons for 
the variances. 

— Benchmarking assumptions: Challenged 
the Group’s selection of discount and 
growth rates by using external data 
(including competitor analysis) using our 
own valuation specialist to determine an 
appropriate range and comparing the actual 
rate used to that range. 

— Sensitivity analysis: Performed analysis to 
assess the sensitivity of the Value in Use 
calculations to changes in the discount rate, 
growth rate and the forecast cash flows.

— Assessing transparency: Assessed the 
adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in 
respect of the impairment testing of 
goodwill and intangibles and whether 
disclosures about the sensitivity of the 
outcome of the impairment assessment to 
changes in key assumptions properly 
reflected the risks inherent in it. 

2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)

Capitalisation of development 
costs (£15.4 million; 2016: £6.3m)

Refer to note 2.5 (accounting 
policy) and note 13 (financial 
disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Risk of over-capitalisation:

Our procedures included: 

Capitalised development costs are 
significant and increasing due to 
investment in areas including VCSEL, 
GaN, cREO and Photonics.  

The amounts involved are significant, 
and the application of accounting 
standards to determine the criteria is 
inherently subjective as this involves an 
assessment of the probability of future 
outcomes.  

The capitalisation also includes the 
assessment of the time period that 
constitutes the process development 
phase and the accurate recording of the 
related costs to exclude from the 
capitalised costs any related to saleable 
wafer product produced at the same 
time. 

— Our expertise: Reviewed the Group’s 

accounting paper and critically assessed this 
against the criteria of the relevant 
accounting standard for the capitalisation of 
costs and our understanding of the progress 
of the Group’s projects. 

— Test of details: Vouched a sample of labour 
costs allocated to development projects 
back to supporting documentation, primarily 
timesheets and payroll records for relevant 
employees.  Vouched a sample of material 
costs to supporting documentation including 
vouching substrate costs to purchase 
invoices and analysing gas consumption.

— Benchmarking assumptions: Challenged 
the reasonableness of the assumptions 
applied in respect of the proportion of labour 
and overhead costs capitalised with 
reference to the number of development 
runs performed during the year compared to 
the total number of all runs. 

— Calculation reperformance: Re-performed 
management’s calculation of standard costs 
used in allocating costs throughout the year, 
using actual costs incurred.  Critically 
assessed any differences arising. 

— Test of details: Vouched a sample of 

development items from development run 
records back to supporting documentation 
to check whether that the selected wafer is 
not showing as having been sold and has a 
nil value in the associated inventory records.  
Where development projects result in the 
production of saleable wafers, recalculated 
the capitalised cost to ensure all costs in 
respect of those delivered have been 
appropriately expensed. 

— Test of details: Vouched a sample of 

wafers sold during the year, selected from 
sales records, back to 
production/development run records to 
ensure that the cost of sold wafers has not 
been capitalised inappropriately. 

Parent Company: Valuation of 
investments in subsidiaries 
(£88.1 million; 2016: £48.2m)

Refer to note 2.28 (accounting 
policy) and note 15 (financial 
disclosures).

Forecast-based valuation:

Our procedures included: 

The recoverable amounts of 
investments in subsidiaries are 
determined from Value in Use 
calculations.  

The VIU calculations represent a key 
judgement area as movements in the 
underlying assumptions, particularly 
relating to forecast cash flows and 
discount rates, could result in a material 
misstatement of the balance. 

— Assessing forecasts: The work on the 
group’s forecasts as described in the 
goodwill impairment risk above. 

— Assessing transparency: Assessing the 
adequacy of the disclosures in relation to 
the Company’s investments in its 
subsidiaries. 

3. Our application of materiality and an overview 

of the scope of our audit 

Profit before tax, normalised
£22,447k

Group Materiality
£940k

Materiality for the group financial statements as a 
whole was set at £940k, determined with reference 
to a benchmark of group profit before tax, 
normalised to exclude the impact of this year’s 
share-based payment charge as disclosed in note 4, 
of £22,447k, of which it represents 4.1%.  

Materiality for the parent company financial 
statements as a whole was set at £300k, as 
communicated by the group audit team.  This is 
lower than the materiality we would otherwise have 
determined by reference total assets, and represents 
0.13% of the Company’s total assets.  

£940k
Whole financial
statements materiality

£500k
Range of materiality at 13
components (£300k-£500k) 

Profit before tax, normalised
Group materiality

£50k
Misstatements reported to the 
audit committee

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

3

97%

94

18

98%

80

Group total assets 

11

99%

88

Key: 

Full scope for group audit purposes 2017

Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2017

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any 
corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements 
exceeding £50k, in addition to other identified 
misstatements that warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.  

Of the group’s 13 reporting components, we 
subjected 8 to full scope audits for group purposes 
and 3 to specified risk-focused audit procedures.  
The latter were not individually financially significant 
enough to require a full scope audit for group 
purposes, but did present specific individual risks 
that needed to be addressed.  The group team 
performed procedures on the items excluded from 
normalised group profit before tax.  

The components within the scope of our work 
accounted for the percentages illustrated opposite.  

The remaining 2% of total group revenue, 3% of 
group profit before tax and 1% of total group assets 
is represented by 2 reporting components, none of 
which individually represented more than 2% of any 
of total group revenue, group profit before tax or 
total group assets.  For these residual components, 
we performed analysis at an aggregated group level 
to re-examine our assessment that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement within 
these. 

The work on 1 of the 13 reporting components was 
performed by a component auditor and the rest, 
including the audit of the parent company, was 
performed by the Group team.  The Group team 
instructed the component auditor as to the 
significant areas to be covered, including the 
relevant risks detailed above and the information to 
be reported back.  The Group team approved the 
component materiality, of £500k, having regard to 
the mix of size and risk profile of the Group across 
the components.  Video and telephone conference 
meetings were held with the component auditor.  
At these meetings, the findings reported to the 
Group team were discussed in more detail, and any 
further work required by the Group team was then 
performed by the component auditor.  

The Group’s 2 joint ventures were not individually 
significant enough to require an audit for group 
reporting purposes, but a review was performed of 
the management accounts and the Board minutes 
of these joint ventures and the audit team held 
discussions with the joint venture management 
teams.  We performed analysis at an aggregated 
group level to re-examine our assessment that 
there were no significant risks of material 
misstatement within these. 

4. We have nothing to report on going concern

We are required to report to you if we have concluded that
the use of the going concern basis of accounting is
inappropriate or there is an undisclosed material uncertainty
that may cast significant doubt over the use of that basis for
a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval
of the financial statements.  We have nothing to report in
these respects.

5. We have nothing to report on the other information in

the Annual Report

The directors are responsible for the other information
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial
statements.  Our opinion on the financial statements does
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not
express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated
below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether, based on our financial
statements audit work, the information therein is materially
misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or
our audit knowledge.  Based solely on that work we have
not identified material misstatements in the other
information.

Strategic report and directors’ report

Based solely on our work on the other information:

— we have not identified material misstatements in the

strategic report and the directors’ report;  

— in our opinion the information given in those reports for 

the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements; and  

— in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 

accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

6. We have nothing to report on the other matters on

which we are required to report by exception

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report
to you if, in our opinion:

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the
parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or  

— the parent Company financial statements are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or  

— certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

by law are not made; or 

— we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

(cid:24)(cid:15) Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page(cid:1)
5(cid:20), the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the(cid:1)
financial statements including being satisfied that they give(cid:1)
a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine(cid:1)
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial(cid:1)
statements that are free from material misstatement,(cid:1)
whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and(cid:1)
parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern,(cid:1)
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern;(cid:1)
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless(cid:1)
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent(cid:1)
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic(cid:1)
alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about(cid:1)
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from(cid:1)
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and(cid:1)
to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report.  Reasonable(cid:1)
assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not(cid:1)
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs(cid:1)
(UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it(cid:1)
exists.  Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are(cid:1)
considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they(cid:1)
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic(cid:1)
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial(cid:1)
statements.
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the(cid:1)
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

(cid:25)(cid:15) The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe(cid:1)

our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a(cid:1)
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the(cid:1)
Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work has been undertaken(cid:1)
so that we might state to the Company’s members those(cid:1)
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s(cid:1)
report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent(cid:1)
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume(cid:1)
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the(cid:1)
Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this(cid:1)
report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Andrew Campbell-Orde (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  

Chartered Accountants  

3 Assembly Square

Britannia Quay
Cardiff

CF10 4AX

20 March 2018

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Five year financial summary

2017
£’000

Restated
2016
£’000

Restated
2015
£’000

Restated
2014
£’000

Restated
2013
£’000

Revenue

154,480

132,707

114,024

112,011

126,774

Adjusted EBITDA (see below)

36,977

31,730

29,001

27,009

24,920

Operating profit

· 

· 

Adjusted* 

Reported

Profit after tax

· 

· 

Adjusted* 

Reported

Net cash flow from operations

Before adjustments (note 5)

Reported

Free cash flow**

Before exceptional cash flows

Reported

Net cash/(debt)

26,359

17,019

24,823

14,485

31,089

29,717

(2,945)

(4,317)

45,612

22,119

19,826

20,692

18,023

24,281

22,463

4,382

2,564

18,977

21,166

17,045

17,847

22,575

20,971

12,114

10,510

17,618

7,167

15,496

791

19,614

14,861

11,446

6,693

14,556

7,346

13,232

5,156

16,173

12,762

5,389

1,978

(39,549)

(23,223)

(31,251)

(34,351)

Equity shareholders’ funds

287,584

184,666

142,299

117,851

109,528

Basic EPS – adjusted***

Basic EPS – unadjusted

Diluted EPS – adjusted***

Diluted EPS – unadjusted 

3.59p

2.09p

3.36p

1.95p

3.06p

2.66p

2.89p

2.52p

2.53p

2.65p

2.45p

2.56p

2.32p

0.06p

2.24p

0.06p

1.94p

0.78p

1.86p

0.75p

Adjusted EBITDA has been calculated as follows:

2017
£’000

Restated
2016
£’000

Restated
2015
£’000

Restated
2014
£’000

Restated
2013
£’000

Profit after tax

14,485

18,023

17,847

Tax

Interest

Share based payments

Profit & Loss on disposal

Exceptional items

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

435

2,099

7,526

22

385

5,637

6,388

340

1,463

2,881

47

(1,962)

5,561

5,377

248

1,790

2,001

(5,187)

1,070

6,192

5,040

791

4,452

1,924

1,458

15

7,877

6,590

3,902

5,156

36

2,154

1,415

-

5,065

8,503

2,591

Adjusted EBITDA

36,977

31,730

29,001

27,009

24,920

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

80

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

The comparative financial information has been restated. Details of the restatement are set out in note 2.30
* The adjusted performance measures are reconciled in note 5.
** Free cash flow is defined as net cash flow before acquisitions, financing and net interest paid.
*** Adjusted EPS measures exclude share based payments, exceptional items, deferred tax, acquisition accounting amortisation and 
the impact of discounting. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

81

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2017

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income and expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

(Loss)/Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating profit

Finance costs

Adjusted profit before income tax

Adjustments

Profit before income tax

Taxation

Profit for the year 

Profit attributable to:

Equity shareholders

Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the 
parent during the year

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Note

4

5

5

6

8

5

9

12

12

2017
£’000

154,480

(115,857)

38,623

-

Restated
2016
£’000

132,707

(98,538)

34,169

2,340

(21,582)

(16,636)

(22)

17,019

(2,099)

24,340

(9,420)

14,920

(435)

14,485

14,385

100

14,485

2.09p

1.95p

(47)

19,826

(1,463)

20,630

(2,267)

18,363

(340)

18,023

17,859

164

18,023

2.66p

2.52p

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share is presented in note 12.

All items included in the profit for the year relate to continuing operations.

The company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the 
parent company profit and loss account.

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

82

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 
December 2017

Profit for the year

Currency translation differences on foreign currency net investments*

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Equity shareholders

Non-controlling interest

2017
£’000

14,485

(10,944)

3,541

3,469

72

3,541

Restated
2016
£’000

18,023

23,620

41,643

40,919

724

41,643

* Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss.

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax. The income tax relating to each component of other 
comprehensive income is disclosed in note 9.

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

83

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2017 

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Fixed asset investments

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Financial Assets 

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Borrowings

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to the shareholders of the parent 

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Other reserves

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Note

2017
£’000

Restated
2016
£’000

13

15

14

10

17

16

17

18

19

20

19

20

22

108,513

103,972

75

90,800

17,768

7,680

-

85,001

18,181

6,889

224,836

214,043

33,707

32,240

45,612

111,559

336,395

28,498

30,868

4,957

64,323

278,366

(43,172)

(36,916)

(210)

-

(1,534)

(5,533)

(7,652)

(1,421)

(44,916)

(51,522)

-

(666)

(666)

(45,582)

290,813

7,560

145,927

97,967

36,130

(36,854)

(2,167)

(39,021)

(90,543)

187,823

6,755

51,081

83,582

43,248

287,584

184,666

3,229

3,157

290,813

187,823

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The comparative 
financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the restatement are set out 
in note 2.30.

The financial statements on pages 91 to 131 were authorised for issue by the board of directors on 20 March 2018 
and were signed on its behalf.

P J Rasmussen 

                  Dr A W Nelson

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

84

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 
2017

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Retained 
earnings

Exchange 
rate reserve

Other 
reserves

Non-
controlling 
interests

Restated
Total 
equity

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

6,755

  51,081

83,582

30,985

12,263

3,157

187,823

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

805

805

94,846* 

94,846

14,385

-

-

(10,916)

14,385

(10,916)

-

-

-

100

(28)

14,485

(10,944)

72

3,541

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,854

683

(739)

3,798

-

-

-

-

3,854

683

94,912

99,449

7,560

145,927

97,967

20,069

16,061

3,229

290,813

Balance at 1 January 
2017 - Restated

Comprehensive 
income

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
income for the year
Total 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Transactions with 
owners

Share based payments

Tax relating to share 
options
Proceeds from shares 
issued 
Total transactions 
with owners

Balance at 31 
December 2017

*See note 22 on page122

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

85

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Retained 
earnings

Exchange 
rate reserve

Other 
reserves

Non-
controlling 
interests

Restated
Total 
equity

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

6,655

49,600

65,723

7,925

10,221

2,433

142,557

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

100

1,481

100

1,481

17,859

-

-

23,060

17,859

23,060

-

-

-

164

18,023

560

23,620

724

41,643

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,042

-

2,042

-

-

-

2,042

1,581

3,623

6,755

51,081

83,582

30,985

12,263

3,157

187,823

Balance at 1 
January 2016 - 
Restated

Comprehensive 
income

Profit for the year

Other 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Total 
comprehensive 
income for the 
year

Transactions with 
owners

Share based 
payments

Proceeds from 
shares issued

Total transactions 
with owners

Balance at 31 
December 2016 - 
Restated

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

86

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Adjusted cash inflow from operations

Cash impact of adjustments

Cash generated from operations

Net interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition deferred consideration Kopin Wireless

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets 

Capitalised development expenditure

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayments of borrowings

Net cash generated from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Exchange gains on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Note

5

25

26

26

27

27

2017
£’000

31,089

(1,372)

29,717

(2,125)

(5,844)

21,748

-

(11,260)

(2,419)

(14,511)

2016
£’000

24,281

(1,818)

22,463

(1,489)

(839)

20,135

(11,250)

(10,956)

(1,794)

(6,310)

(28,190)

(30,310)

94,912

27,864

(75,430)

47,346

40,904

4,957

(249)

45,612

578

12,623

(3,341)

9,860

(315)

4,644

628

4,957

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

87

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Parent company balance sheet for the year ended 31 December 2017 

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments 

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Other reserves

Total equity

Note

13

14

15

10

17

18

19

19

22

2017
£’000

2,076

10

88,161

5,252

95,499

114,229

31,281

145,510

241,009

(21,236)

-

Restated
2016
£’000

1,748

5

48,558

-

50,311

96,944

-

96,944

147,255

(23,784)

(8,573)

(21,236)

(32,357)

-

-

(21,236)

219,773

7,560

145,927

50,476

15,810

219,773

(34,524)

(34,524)

(66,881)

80,374

6,755

51,081

10,089

12,449

80,374

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

The financial statements on pages 91 to 131 were authorised for issue by the board of directors approved on 20 
March 2018 and were signed on its behalf.

P J Rasmussen 

          Dr A W Nelson

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

88

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Parent company statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 
December 2017

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Retained 
earnings

Other 
reserves

Restated
Total
 equity

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Balance at 1 January 2017 - Restated

6,755

51,081

10,089

12,449

80,374

Comprehensive expense

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive expense

Transactions with owners

Share based payments

Tax relating to share options

Proceeds from shares issued

Total transactions with owners

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

805

805

94,846

94,846

40,387

40,387

-

-

40,387

40,387

-

-

-

-

3,854

246

(739)

3,361

3,854

246

94,912

99,012

Balance at 31 December 2017

7,560

145,927

50,476

15,810

219,773

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Other 
reserves
£’000

Restated
Total
 Equity
£’000

Balance at 1 January 2016

6,655

49,600

12,505

10,407

79,167

Comprehensive expense

Loss for the year - restated

Total comprehensive expense

Transactions with owners

Share based payments

Proceeds from shares issued

Total transactions with owners

-

-

-

-

-

-

100

100

1,481

1,481

(2,416)

(2,416)

-

-

(2,416)

(2,416)

-

-

-

2,042

-

2,042

2,042

1,581

3,623

Balance at 31 December 2016 - 
Restated

6,755

51,081

10,089

12,449

80,374

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

89

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Parent company cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash outflow from operations

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash used in operating activities

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayments of borrowings

Net cash generated from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Note

25

2017
£’000

(21,785)

(1,846)

-

2016
£’000

(8,812)

(1,278)

(78)

(23,631)

(10,168)

(375)

(11)

(386)

94,913

27,194

(65,781)

56,326

32,309

(1,028)

31,281

(347)

(6)

(353)

578

12,623

(2,842)

10,359

(162)

(866)

(1,028)

The notes on pages 91 to 131 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

90

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Notes to the financial statements for 
the year ended 31 December 2017

1.   General information

IQE plc (‘the company’) and its subsidiaries (together 
‘the group’) develop, manufacture and sell advanced 
semiconductor materials. The group has manufacturing 
facilities in Europe, United States of America and Asia and 
sells to customers located globally.   

The company is a public limited company admitted to 
trading on AIM, a market operated by The London Stock 
Exchange plc and incorporated and domiciled in England 
and Wales. The address of its registered office is Pascal 

Close, St Mellons, Cardiff, CF3 0LW.

2.   Significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the 
preparation of these consolidated financial statements 
are set out below.  These policies have been consistently 
applied to all years presented.

2.1  Basis of preparation
The  financial  statements  of  IQE  plc  have  been  prepared 
in  accordance  with 
International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS 
IC)  interpretations  adopted  by  the  European  Union  and 
in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements 
have been prepared under the historical cost convention 
except where fair value measurement is required by IFRS. 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity 
with  IFRS  requires  the  use  of  certain  critical  accounting 
estimates.  It  also  requires  management  to  exercise 
its  judgement  in  the  process  of  applying  the  group’s 
accounting  policies.  The  areas  involving  a  higher  degree 
of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions 
and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements are disclosed in note 3.  

2.2  Going concern
The  group  meets 
its  day  to  day  working  capital 
requirements through its bank facilities and available cash. 
The  Group’s  forecasts  and  projections,  taking  account 
of  reasonably  possible  changes  in  trading  performance, 
show  that  the  group  has  adequate  cash  resources  to 
continue  operating  for  the  foreseeable  future  such  that 
the  directors  consider  it  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated 
financial statements. 

2.3  Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

(a) New standards, amendments and interpretations. 
following  new  standards,  amendments  and 
The 
interpretations  have  been  adopted  by  the  group  for  the 
first  time  for  the  financial  year  beginning  on  1  January 
2017: 
· 

Amendment to IFRS 12 “Disclosure of other 

· 

· 

· 

Amendments  to clarify the classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions

interests in entities’ clarifying scope.
IAS Amendments to IAS 7, Statement of cash 
flows on disclosure initiative.
Amendments to IAS 12,’Income taxes’ on 
Recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised 
losses.

The  adoption  of  these  standards  and  amendments  has 
not  had  a  material  impact  on  the  groups  consolidated 
financial statements.

(b)  New  standards,  amendments  and  interpretations 
issued but not effective and not adopted early
A  number  of  new  standards,  amendments  to  standards 
and interpretations which are set out below are effective 
for  annual  periods  beginning  after  1  January  2017  and 
have  not  been  applied  in  preparing  these  consolidated 
financial statements. 

· 

· 
· 

· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

· 

Amendments  to clarify the classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions

Annual improvements 2014-2016 cycle
Amendment to IFRS 2, ‘Share based payments’ 
to clarify the classification and measurement of 
certain share based payment transactions
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’ 
Amendment to IAS 28 ‘Investments in associates 
and joint ventures’ to clarify certain fair value 
measurements
Amendment to IAS 40 ‘Investment property’ 
to clarify transfers or property, to, or from, 
investment property

The Directors anticipate that none of the new standards, 
amendments to standards and interpretations is 
expected to have a significant effect on the financial 
statements of the group or parent company, except for 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ and IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts 
with customers’.

IFRS16,  ‘Leases’  addresses  the  definition  of  a  lease,  the 
recognition  and  measurement  of  leases  and  establishes 
principles  for  reporting  useful  information  to  users  of 
financial  statements  about  the  leasing  activities  of  both 
lessees  and  lessors.  A  key  change  arising  from  IFRS  16 
is  that  most  operating  leases  will  be  accounted  for  on 
balance  sheet  for  lessees.  The  standard  replaces  IAS 
17  ‘Leases’,  and  related  interpretations.  The  standard  is 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019.  The  Group  currently  leases  a  number  of  assets, 
principally property, under operating leases. The adoption 
of  IFRS  16  will  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  financial 
statements  as  the  standard  will  require  the  operating 
leases  to  be  accounted  for  through  the  recognition  of 
a  ‘right  of  use  asset’  and  a  corresponding  lease  liability. 
Interest-bearing  borrowings  and  non-current  assets  will 
increase  on  implementation  of  this  standard.  Operating 
lease costs will no longer be classified within the income 
statement based on amounts paid, but via a ‘right of use 
asset’  depreciation  charge  recognised  within  operating 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

91

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

profit  and  a  lease  interest  expense  within  finance  costs. 
The  impact  will  depend  on  the  transition  approach  and 
the  lease  contracts  in  effect  at  the  date  of  adoption.  At 
31  December  2017,  operating  lease  commitments  were 
£38,542,000 (see note 31) and operating lease charges for 
2017 were £8,175,000 (see note 6).

IFRS15,  ‘Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers’  deals 
with  revenue  recognition  and  establishes  principles 
for  reporting  useful  information  to  users  of  financial 
statements  about  the  nature,  amount,  timing  and 
uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from 
contracts with customers. Revenue is recognised when a 
customer  obtains  control  of  a  good  or  service  and  thus 
has  the  ability  to  direct  the  use  and  obtain  the  benefits 
from  the  good  or  service.  The  standard  replaces  IAS  18 
‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction Contracts’, and related 
interpretations.  The  standard  is  effective  for  annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The group 
has  undertaken  an  assessment  of  the  impact  of  IFRS  15 
and at present, the directors anticipate that any changes 
in the recognition of revenue will relate to circumstances 
where  the  Group  produces  bespoke  customer  products 
with  a  guaranteed  contractual  right  to  payment.  In 
these  situations  revenue  is  likely  to  be  accelerated  and 
recognised  earlier  in  the  manufacturing  process  than  is 
currently  the  case  where  revenue  is  typically  recognised 
on  the  delivery  and  acceptance  of  the  goods  by  the 
customer.  Acceleration  of  revenue  recognition  in  these 
circumstances will increase revenue and accrued income 
and  reduce  work  in  progress  and  finished  goods  in  the 
year the standard is adopted. The detailed impact of this 
change  for  each  customer  arrangement  at  the  balance 
sheet date is still being quantified. 

2.4  Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the results 
of IQE plc (the Company) and its subsidiary undertakings, 
together  with  the  Group’s  share  of  the  results  of  its 
associates and joint ventures. 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries  are  all  entities  over  which  the  Group  has 
control.  The  Group  controls  an  entity  when  the  Group 
is  exposed  to,  or  has  rights  to,  variable  returns  from  its 
involvement  with  the  entity  and  has  the  ability  to  affect 
those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries 
are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is 
transferred  to  the  Group  and  are  de-consolidated  from 
the date that control ceases.  

Inter-company  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised 
gains or losses on transactions between group companies 
are eliminated and accounting policies of subsidiaries have 
been  changed  where  necessary  to  ensure  consistency 
with the policies adopted by the group.

Joint ventures
The group applies IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under 
IFRS  11  investments  in  joint  arrangements  are  classified 
as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on 
the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. We 
have assessed the nature of our joint arrangements and 
determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are 
accounted for using the equity method. 

Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint 
ventures  are  initially  recognised  at  cost  and  adjusted 
thereafter  to  recognise  the  group’s  share  of  the  post-
acquisition  profits  or  losses  and  movements  in  other 
comprehensive income. 

Gains  by  the  Group  on  transactions  with  joint  ventures 
are  eliminated  against  the  carrying  value  of  the  Group’s 
interest  in  its  joint  ventures  to  the  extent  that  the  gain 
does  not  exceed  the  carrying  amount.  In  circumstances 
where a gain exceeds the carrying amount the Group has 
made  an  accounting  policy  choice  to  recognise  the  gain 
in  the  comprehensive  income  statement,  subject  to  an 
assessment of recoverability of value from the joint venture 
rather than recognising the gain as deferred income in the 
consolidated balance sheet. 

When the group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals 
or exceeds its interests in the joint ventures (which includes 
any long term interests that, in substance, form part of the 
group’s  net  investment  in  the  joint  ventures),  the  group 
does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred 
obligations  or  made  payments  on  behalf  of  the  joint 
ventures.  Unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  the 
group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent 
of  the  group’s  interest  in  the  joint  ventures.  Unrealised 
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides 
evidence  of  an  impairment  of  the  asset  transferred. 
Accounting  policies  of  the  joint  ventures  have  been 
changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the group.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the 
purchase method.  The cost of an acquisition is measured 
at  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration.  The  acquired 
identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  are 
recognised at their fair value at the date of acquisition. 

Where the fair values of contingent deferred consideration, 
assets and liabilities acquired are initially recognised on a 
provisional basis, these are reassessed during the 12 month 
period  following  the  date  of  the  business  combination. 
Adjustments to the fair values as at the date of acquisition 
within  this  ‘measurement  period’  are  recorded,  with  any 
net impact being added to or deducted from the goodwill 
recognised. Such adjustments are recognised in both the 
current period and restated comparative period balance 
sheets  as  if  the  final  fair  values  had  been  used  in  the 
initial  recognition  of  the  acquisition.  Subsequent  to  the 
measurement  period,  any  adjustments  to  the  recorded 
fair value of contingent deferred consideration are taken 
through the income statement as an exceptional income 
or expense.

The group recognises any non-controlling interest on an 
acquisition-by-acquisition  basis,  either  at  fair  value  or  at 
the  non-controlling  interest’s  proportionate  share  of  the 
recognised  amounts  of  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  net 
assets.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred.

2.5  Intangible assets

a) Goodwill
Goodwill  arising  on  an  acquisition  is  recognised  as  an 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

92

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

asset  and  initially  measured  at  cost,  being  the  excess  of 
the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of 
the  identifiable  assets, liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities 
acquired.

Goodwill  is  not  amortised.  However,  it  is  reviewed  for 
potential impairment at least annually or more frequently 
if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment.  
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated 
to each of the Cash Generating Units to which is relates. 
Any  impairment  identified  is  immediately  charged  to  the 
Consolidated Income Statement.  Subsequent reversals of 
impairment losses for goodwill are not recognised.

b) Patents, trademarks and licences
Separately acquired patents, trademarks and licences are 
shown at historical cost. Patents, trademarks and licences 
acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair 
value at the acquisition date. Patents, trademarks and 
licences have a finite useful life and are carried at cost 
less accumulated amortisation. 

Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method 
to allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated 
useful lives of 10 to 15 years. The carrying value of 
patents, trademarks and licences is reviewed for potential 
impairment at least annually or more frequently if events 
or circumstances indicate a potential impairment.  Any 
impairment identified is immediately charged to the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

development has been released into production. 
The  carrying  value  of  capitalised  development  costs  is 
reviewed for potential impairment at least annually or more 
frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment.    Any  impairment  identified  is  immediately 
charged to the Consolidated Income Statement.

d) Software
Directly attributable costs incurred in the development of 
bespoke software for the group’s own use are capitalised 
and amortised on a straight line basis over the expected 
useful life of the software, which typically range between 
3 and 10 years. 

The carrying value of capitalised software costs is 
reviewed for potential impairment at least annually or 
more frequently if events or circumstances indicate 
a potential impairment. Any impairment identified 
is immediately charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement. 

The costs of maintaining internally developed software 
and annual license fees paid to utilise third party 
software are expensed as incurred. 

e) Other intangibles recognised on acquisition
Other intangible assets which form part of the identifiable 
net assets of an acquired business are recognised at 
their fair value and amortised on a systematic basis over 
their useful economic life which is up to 7 years.

c) Development costs
Expenditure  incurred  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the 
development  of  new  or  substantially  improved  products 
or  processes  is  recognised  as  an  intangible  asset  when 
the following criteria are met:

This includes customer contracts, the fair value of 
which has been evaluated using the multi period excess 
earnings method “MEEM”. The MEEM model valuation 
was cross checked to the cost of product development 
and qualification to which the contract relates.

· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

the product or process is intended for use or 
sale;
the development is technically feasible to 
complete;
there is an ability to use or sell the product or 
process;
it can be demonstrated how the product or 
process will generate probable future economic 
benefits;
there are adequate technical, financial and other 
resources to complete the development; and
the development expenditure can be reliably 
measured.

“Directly  attributable  costs”  refers  to  the  materials 
consumed; the directly attributable labour; and the directly 
attributable  overheads  incurred  in  the  development 
activity.    General  operating  costs,  administration  costs 
and selling costs do not form part of directly attributable 
costs.     

All  research  and  other  development  costs  are  expensed 
as incurred.

Capitalised development costs are amortised in-line with 
the  expected  production  volume  profile  over  the  period 
during  which  the  economic  benefits  are  expected  to  be 
received,  which  typically  range  between  3  and  8  years.  
The estimated remaining useful lives of development costs 
are  reviewed  at  least  on  an  annual  basis.  Amortisation 
commences  once  the  project  is  completed  and  the 

The carrying value of other intangible assets is reviewed 
for potential impairment at least annually or more 
frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment.  Any impairment identified is immediately 
charged to the Consolidated Income Statement.

2.6  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any provision for 
impairment. Cost comprises all costs that are directly 
attributable to bringing the asset into working condition 
for its intended use. Depreciation is calculated to write 
down the cost of property, plant and equipment to their 
residual values on a straight-line basis over the following 
estimated useful economic lives:

Freehold buildings 
Short leasehold improvements  
Plant and machinery 
Fixtures and fittings  

15 to 25 years 
5 to 27 years 
5 to 15 years 
3 to 5 years

No depreciation is provided on land or assets yet to be 
brought into use. Depreciation is charged to cost of sales 
and selling and general administration expenses in the 
income statement.

Costs incurred after initial recognition are included in 
the assets’ carrying amounts or recognised as a separate 
asset as appropriate only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with them will flow to 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

93

Company No: 3745726

 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is 
derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are 
charged to the income statement during the financial 
year in which they are incurred.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by 
comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and 
are recognised within ‘profit/loss on disposal of property, 
plant and equipment’ in the income statement.

The assets residual values and useful economic lives 
are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of 
each reporting period. A review was completed during 
2017 which resulted in no material changes to asset 
residual values and useful economic lives (2016: no 
material changes). The carrying value of property, plant 
and equipment is reviewed for potential impairment at 
least annually.  Any impairment identified is immediately 
charged to the Consolidated Income Statement.

2.7  Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life 
or intangible assets not ready to use are not subject 
to amortisation and are reviewed for potential 
impairment at least annually or more frequently if 
events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment.  
Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed 
for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 
be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the 
amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds 
its recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the 
higher of an asset’s fair value (less disposal costs) and 
value in use.

Value in use is based on the present value of the 
future cash flows relating to the asset, discounted at 
the Group’s weighted average cost of capital.  For the 
purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped 
at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows (Cash Generating Units).

2.8  Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.  Cost is determined using the first-
in, first-out (FIFO) method. Cost comprises direct 
materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs 
and attributable overheads that have been incurred 
in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and condition based on normal operating capacity 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in 
the ordinary course of business, less applicable selling 
expenses.

2.9  Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for 
merchandise sold or services performed in the ordinary 
course of business. If collection is expected in one year 
or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business 
if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they 
are presented as non-current assets.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

2.10  Cash and cash equivalents
In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash 
and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits 
held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or 
less and bank overdrafts. In the consolidated balance 
sheet bank overdrafts are presented within cash and 
cash equivalents as group treasury arrangements are 
pooled by territory. In the parent company balance sheet, 
bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current 
liabilities.

2.11  Preference share debt instruments
Preference  share  financial  assets  are  debt  instruments 
due from a related party (see note 30). Debt instruments 
are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  and  subsequently 
measured at amortised cost.

2.12  Financial assets
The group classifies its financial assets as loans and 
receivables. The classification depends on the purpose 
for which the financial assets were acquired and 
the classification is determined at the date of initial 
recognition. Loans and receivables are non-derivative 
financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that 
are not quoted in an active market. They are included 
in current assets, except for maturities greater than 
12 months after the reporting period where the item 
is classified as a non-current asset. The group’s loans 
and receivables comprise trade and other receivables 
(note 2.9), cash and cash equivalents (note 2.10) and 
preference share debt instruments (note 2.11). 

Financial assets are recognised on the group’s 
balance sheet when the group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the financial instrument and 
are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows 
have expired or have been transferred and the group 
has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership. Loans and receivables are carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

A financial asset is impaired and impairment losses are 
incurred if there is objective evidence of impairment as 
a result of one or more events that occurred after the 
initial recognition of the asset and that loss event has 
an impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset 
that can be reliably estimated. Evidence of impairment 
may include indications that the debtor is experiencing 
significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in 
payment and can include situations where observable 
data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the 
estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears 
or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. 
Trade and other receivables do not carry interest and are 
stated at their nominal value as reduced by appropriate 
allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts. Cash 
and cash equivalent comprise cash in hand. Debt 
instruments, represented by preference share debt are 
held at amortised cost less provision for impairment.

2.13  Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are 
classified according to the substance of the contractual 
arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any 
contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets 
of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Financial 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

94

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

liabilities are non-derivative financial liabilities with fixed 
or determinable payments and they are included in 
current liabilities, except for maturities greater than 12 
months after the reporting period where the item is 
classified as a non-current liability. The group’s financial 
liabilities comprise trade and other payables (note 2.14), 
borrowings (note 2.15) and finance leases (note 2.17) in 
the balance sheet.

2.14  Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or 
services that have been acquired in the ordinary course 
of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified 
as current liabilities if payment is due within one year 
or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business 
if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities. Trade payables are recognised initially at fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

2.20  Provisions
Provisions for onerous leases and restructuring costs 
are recognised when: the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event; it is 
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to 
settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably 
estimated. Restructuring provisions comprise site closure 
costs and employee termination payments. Provisions 
are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the 
expenditures expected to be required to settle the 
obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the obligation. Where 
a leasehold property, or part thereof, is vacant or sub-let 
under terms such that the rental income is insufficient to 
meet all outgoings, provision is made for the anticipated 
future shortfall up to termination of the lease, or the 
termination payment, if smaller.

2.15  Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of 
transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

2.16  Borrowing costs
General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable 
to the acquisition, construction or production of 
qualifying assets, which are assets that take a substantial 
period of time to get ready for their intended use, are 
added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the 
assets are substantially ready for their intended use. All 
other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in 
the period in which they are incurred.

2.17  Leases
Leases which transfer substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership of an asset are treated as a finance 
lease.  Assets held under finance leases are capitalised 
at their fair value at the inception of the lease and 
depreciated over the estimated useful economic life of 
the asset or lease term if shorter.  The finance charges 
are allocated to the Consolidated Income Statement in 
proportion to the capital amount outstanding.

All other leases are classified as operating leases. 
Operating lease rentals (net of any incentives received 
from the lessor) are charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement in equal annual amounts over the lease term.

2.18  Government grants
Government grants are recognised at fair value when 
there is reasonable assurance that the Group has 
complied with the conditions attaching to them and the 
grants will be received. Grants related to purchase of 
assets are treated as deferred income and allocated to 
the income statement over the useful lives of the related 
assets while grants related to expenses are treated as 
other income in the income statement.

2.19  Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental 
costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary 
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net 
of tax, from the proceeds.

2.21  Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the fair value of the consideration 
receivable for goods, services and intellectual property 
licenses provided in the ordinary course of business 
net of value added tax and other sales related taxes. 
Revenue for the sale of goods and services is recognised 
when the risks and rewards of the underlying sale have 
been transferred to the customer, which is on the 
delivery and acceptance of the goods or services by the 
customer.

Accrued income is recognised for sales under supplier 
managed inventory arrangements where, at the balance 
sheet date, goods have been delivered to the customer 
but billing has not yet taken place, on the basis that 
contractual terms dictate that the risks and rewards have 
been transferred to the customer and the customer 
is committed to payment. Billing is deferred to a 
contractually defined trigger point.

Intellectual property license income relates to the 
sale of finite and perpetual period licenses. Revenue 
is recognised for intellectual property licenses with a 
finite period on an accruals basis in accordance with the 
terms of the relevant licensing agreement. Revenue is 
recognised for perpetual intellectual property licenses 
when a signed agreement or other persuasive evidence 
of an arrangement exists, the intellectual property has 
been delivered, the license fee is fixed or determinable 
and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably 
assured.

An acquisition was made during 2012, where the 
consideration was settled through agreed contractual 
price discounts. Subsequent to the measurement period, 
any adjustments to the recorded fair value of contingent 
deferred consideration was taken through the income 
statement within other income as an exceptional income 
or expense. The revenues of products sold which were 
subject to this discount were recognised at full market 
value. On settlement of the transaction, the discount was 
applied to reduce the deferred consideration balance. 
This arrangement concluded in 2016 and the outstanding 
deferred consideration balance was fully settled during 
2016.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

95

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

2.22  Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent 
with the internal reporting provided to the Executive 
Directors, who oversee the allocation of resources and 
the assessment of operating segment performance.

A business segment is a group of assets and operations 
engaged in providing a product or service that are 
subject to risks and returns that are different from those 
of other business segments. 

A geographical segment is engaged in providing products 
or services within a particular economic environment 
that are subject to risks and returns that are different 
from those of components operating in other economic 
environments.

2.23  Pension costs
The group operates defined contribution pension 
schemes.  A defined contribution plan is a pension 
plan under which the group pays fixed contributions 
into a separate entity. Contributions are charged in the 
Consolidated Income Statement as they become payable 
in accordance with the rules of the scheme. The group 
has no further obligations once the contributions have 
been made. 

2.24  Share based payments
The group operates a number of equity-settled share 
based compensation plans under which the group 
receives services from employees as consideration 
for equity instruments in IQE plc. The fair value of the 
employee services received in exchange for the grant 
of the options is recognised as an expense in the 
consolidated income statement and as a credit in other 
reserves in the consolidated statement of changes in 
equity except for the social security element of the 
award which is treated as cash settled with the liability 
recognised in other taxation and social security within 
trade and other payables in the consolidated balance 
sheet. The total amount to be expensed is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the options granted 
including any market performance conditions (for 
example, an entity’s share price); excluding the impact 
of any service and non-market performance vesting 
conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets 
and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified 
time period) and including the impact of any non-vesting 
conditions (for example, the requirement for employees 
to save or hold shares for a specific period of time).

Non-market performance and service conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of options 
that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised 
over the vesting period, which is the period over which 
all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. 
At the end of each reporting period, the group revises 
its estimates of the number of options that are expected 
to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. 
It recognises the impact of the revision to original 
estimates, if any, in the consolidated income statement, 
with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

When the options are exercised, the company issues 
new shares. The proceeds received net of any directly 
attributable transaction costs are credited to share 
capital (nominal value) and the balance to share 

premium. In the company’s own financial statements, the 
grant of share options to the employees of subsidiary 
undertakings is treated as a capital contribution. 
Specifically, the fair value of employee services received 
(measured at the date of grant) is recognised over the 
vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary 
undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the 
parent entity financial statements.

The social security contributions payable in connection 
with the grant of the share options is considered an 
integral part of the grant itself, and the charge will be 
treated as a cash-settled transaction.

2.25  Foreign currency
Items included in the financial statements of each 
subsidiary are measured using the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which the subsidiary 
operates (“the functional currency”).  The consolidated 
financial statements are presented in sterling, which is 
the group’s presentational currency.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the 
subsidiaries functional currency at the rates of exchange 
ruling at the date of the transaction, or at the forward 
currency hedged rate where appropriate.  Monetary 
assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated 
into the subsidiaries functional currency at the rates 
ruling at the balance sheet date.  All exchange differences 
are taken to the income statement.

The balance sheets of overseas subsidiaries are 
translated into sterling at the closing rates of exchange at 
the balance sheet date, whilst the income statements are 
translated into sterling at the average rate for the period.  
The resulting translation differences are taken directly to 
reserves.

Foreign exchange gains and losses on the retranslation 
of foreign currency borrowings that are used to finance 
overseas operations are accounted for on the ‘net 
investment’ basis and are recorded directly in reserves 
provided that the hedge is ‘effective’ as defined in IAS 39 
“Financial Instruments : recognition and measurement”.

2.26  Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial 
statements where it is necessary to do so to provide 
further understanding of the financial performance of the 
group. Exceptional items are material items of income 
or expense that have been shown separately due to the 
significance of their nature or amount. Details of the 
exceptional items are included in note 5.

2.27  Current and deferred tax
Income tax for the year comprises current and deferred 
tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable 
income for the year using rates substantially enacted 
at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax 
payable in respect of prior years.

Amounts receivable from tax authorities in relation to 
research and development tax relief under the RDEC 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

96

Company No: 3745726

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

scheme are recognised within operating profit in the 
period in which the research and development costs are 
treated as an expense. Where amounts are outstanding 
at the year end and have not been formally agreed, an 
appropriate estimate of the amount is included within 
other receivables.

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the amounts used for 
taxation purposes. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted at 
the balance sheet date.  

Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which deductible temporary differences 
can be utilised. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for 
taxable temporary differences, unless specifically exempt. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there 
is a legally enforceable right to set off current taxation 
assets against current taxation liabilities and it is the 
intention to settle these on a net basis.  

2.28  Investment in subsidiaries 
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost of investment 
less provision for impairment in the parent company 
financial statements.

2.29  Other equity investments
Other equity investments are held at cost less provision 
for impairment in both the parent company and group 
financial statements on the basis that the Group (and 
Company) does not have the ability to exert significant 
influence or control over the strategic and operating 
activities of the other equity investments.

2.30  Prior year restatements
The comparative information contained in the financial 
statements has been restated to reflect certain prior year 
adjustments detailed below.

Taxation

Group
a) 
In October 2017, the Group identified historical tax 
liabilities dating back to 2013 in a US subsidiary. The 
historical tax liabilities, interest and penalties have been 
quantified at £4,671,000 and the liability was settled 
in full in 2017 with the relevant US tax authority. The 
comparative information in the financial statements has 
been restated to reflect the tax liability as follows:

· 

Current liabilities in the consolidated balance 
sheet as at 31 December 2016 has been 
restated to include a current tax liability of 
£4,671,000 to reflect the cumulative historic tax 
liability.

The impact of the prior year restatement has been 
to reduce total comprehensive income in 2016 by 
£1,475,000, reduce brought forward reserves at 1 
January 2016 by £3,196,000, reduce net assets by 
£4,671,000 and reduce basic, diluted, adjusted basic and 
adjusted diluted earnings per share measures by 0.11p. 
The prior year restatement has no impact on the prior 
year cash flow as the tax liability was settled in 2017.

Financial assets

b) 
The Group classifies its preference share financial assets 
as debt instruments. Debt instruments are initially 
recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. 

The debt instruments recognised in the balance sheet 
were originally recognised at their nominal value. 
However, this did not discount the carrying value to 
reflect the forecast repayment profile of the debt.

The initial fair value of the debt instruments has been 
restated to reflect the impact of discounting on the debt 
cash flows. The fair value of the instrument at initial 
recognition has been recalculated by discounting the 
cash flows using a rate of 5.5%. This rate was determined 
based on a comparable market transaction.

The impact of this restatement on the comparative 
information in the financial statements has been as 
follows:

· 

· 

Brought forward retained earnings at 1 January 
2016 in the comparative financial information 
in the consolidated balance sheet and 
consolidated statement of changes in equity 
has been restated by £1,281,000 to reflect the 
restated initial fair value of the instruments on 
initial recognition in 2015.
The interest charge in the consolidated income 
statement for the year ended 31 December 
2016 has been restated to include a credit of 
£170,000 to reflect the non-cash unwind of the 
discounting associated with the initial fair value 
recognition of the instrument.

· 

· 

· 

The brought forward retained earnings at 1 
January 2016 in the consolidated balance sheet 
and consolidated statement of changes in equity 
have been restated by £3,196,000 to reflect the 
historic tax liability relating to 2013, 2014 and 
2015.
The tax credit in the consolidated income 
statement for the year ended 31 December 
2016 has been restated to reflect the historic 
tax liability of £748,000 relating to 2016; 
Other comprehensive income in the 
consolidated statement of changes in equity for 
the year ended 31 December 2016 has been 
restated by £727,000 to reflect an exchange 
loss on the opening 1 January 2016 restated tax 
liability; and

The impact of the prior year restatement in the 2016 
comparative financial information has been to reduce 
brought forward reserves by £1,281,000, increase profit 
for the year by £170,000 for the non-cash unwind of 
discount, reduce net assets by £1,111,000 and increase 
basic earnings per share by 0.03p, increase diluted 
earnings per share by 0.02p. The prior year restatement 
has no impact on adjusted basic or adjusted diluted 
earnings per share or on cash flow.  

Segmental analysis disclosure

c) 
In the reported results for the 6 months ended 30 June 
2017, as part of the group’s ongoing improvements 
to the disclosures in its financial reports the group 
separately disclosed central corporate costs, which has 
previously been allocated by segment.  The segmental 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

97

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

analysis disclosure for 2016 has similarly been updated 
in this annual report.  Central corporate costs include 
all head office and other corporate related support 
functions. 

Restatement of the 2016 disclosure has no impact on 
profit for the year, net assets, cash flow or earnings per 
share.

d) 

Social security costs associated with 
outstanding long term incentive and share 
option awards

In 2016 the social security costs associated with 
outstanding share options was unrecorded and therefore 
the comparative information in the financial statement 
has been restated as follows:

· 

· 

Profit for the year in the consolidated income 
statement has been restated by £839,000 
(company: £835,000) to reflect the social 
security costs associated with outstanding share 
options;
Other taxation and social security within trade 
and other payables in the consolidated balance 
sheet has been restated by £839,000 (company: 
£835,000) to reflect the social security liability 
associated with outstanding share options. 

The impact of the prior year restatement in the 2016 
comparative financial information has been to reduce 
profit for the year by £839,000, increase trade and other 
payables by £839,000, reduce net assets by £839,000 
and reduce basic and diluted earnings per share 
measures by 0.12p. The prior year restatement has no 
impact on adjusted basic or adjusted diluted earnings 
per share or on cash flow.  

Company
e) 

Fixed asset investments and amounts due to 
group undertakings

Fixed asset investments and amounts owed to group 
undertakings in the Company balance sheet have been 
restated to reflect a presentational error following the 
acquisition of a group company by IQE plc from an 
intermediate subsidiary parent company in 2016. 

The comparative financial information has been restated 
to correctly gross up the carrying value of fixed asset 
investments and to gross up amounts owed to group 
undertakings as follows:

· 

· 

· 

“Fixed asset investments” in the comparative 
financial information in the company balance 
sheet has been restated by £19,091,000 to 
reflect the cost of investment in the acquired 
subsidiary undertaking.
Amounts owed to group undertakings in 
the comparative financial information in the 
company balance sheet has been restated 
by £20,488,000 to reflect the exchange 
adjusted purchase consideration that remains 
outstanding to the intermediate subsidiary 
parent company.
Loss for the year in the comparative financial 
information for the company has been restated 
by £1,397,000 to reflect the exchange loss 
on the retranslation of the foreign currency 
denominated purchase consideration that 

remains outstanding on the intercompany 
account.

3.   Critical accounting judgements 

and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty

The group’s principal accounting policies are described 
in note 2.  The application of these policies necessitates 
the use of estimates and judgements in a number of 
areas.  Accordingly, the actual amounts may differ from 
these estimates.  The main areas involving significant 
judgement and estimation are set out below:

(a) Critical accounting judgements in applying the 
Group’s accounting policies

Joint Ventures - Evaluation of rights, levels of 
control and influence
The determination of the level of influence or control that 
the Group has over a business is a mix of contractually 
defined and subjective factors that can be critical to 
the appropriate accounting treatment of an entity in 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Control 
or influence is achieved through Board representation 
and by obtaining rights of veto over significant decisions 
relevant to the activities of the entity. 

Investments where the Group holds less than 20% 
of the equity are treated as fixed asset investments. 
These investments are carried at cost less provision for 
impairment.

Investments where the Group does not have control but 
owns between 20% and 51% of the equity of an entity 
and is in a position to exercise significant influence over 
the entity’s strategic, operating and financial policies are 
treated as a joint arrangement or an associate. 

The Group applies judgement when assessing whether 
its joint arrangements represent a joint operation 
or a joint venture. The Group determines the type of joint 
arrangement in which it is involved by considering its 
rights and obligations arising from the arrangement 
including an assessment of the structure and legal form 
of the arrangement and the terms agreed by the parties 
in the contractual arrangement. The Group’s 50% interest 
in The Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited (see 
note 29) and 51% interest in CSDC Private Limited (see 
note 29) are treated as joint ventures.

Joint Ventures – Right of use asset
The Group established the Compound Semiconductor 
Centre Limited on 9 July 2015 with its joint venture 
partner as a centre of excellence for the development 
and commercialisation of advanced compound 
semiconductor wafer products in Europe. 

On establishment of the joint venture the Group 
contributed assets valued at £12,000,000 as part of its 
initial investment and entered into an agreement with 
the joint venture that conveys to the Group the right 
to use the assets of the joint venture for a minimum 
five year period. This agreement that contains rights 
attaching to the use of the joint venture’s assets has been 
treated as an operating lease in accordance with IFRIC 4 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

98

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

redeem the debt. In light of the progress that CSCL has 
made against its original business plan, current cash flow 
forecasts and the assessed ability of CSCL to redeem 
shareholder preference debt the Board has concluded 
that the amortised cost carrying value of the preference 
share debt is not impaired.      

3.4 Inventory provisions
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. Net realisable value is reviewed in 
detail on an on-going basis and provision for inventory 
obsolescence is made based on a number of factors 
including the age of inventories, the risk of obsolescence 
and the expected future usage. Differences between 
such estimates and actual market conditions may have a 
material impact on the amount of the carrying values of 
inventory and may result in adjustments to cost of sales. 
See note 16 for additional details. 

3.5 Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which deductible temporary differences 
can be utilised. This necessitates an assessment of future 
trading forecasts, capital expenditure and the utilisation 
of tax losses for each relevant tax jurisdiction where the 
Group operates.

The Group has recognised significant deferred income 
tax assets in relation to historical tax losses in its 
operations in the United Kingdom (£30,126,000) and 
United States of America (£79,493,000) which require 
judgement to determine the extent of the assets 
recoverability at each balance sheet date. The Group 
assesses recoverability of its deferred tax assets by 
reference to Board approved budgets and cash flow 
forecasts which are also used as the basis for the Group’s 
impairment and going concern reviews.

3.6 Onerous lease provision
A provision for onerous leases was made in 2015 
following the restructuring of the Group’s operations 
in Singapore. The provision assumes that the lease will 
be onerous for the next 18 months. Subsequent to this 
period we expect to be able to sublet the premises or 
negotiate to exit the lease. The full term of the lease 
obligation extends until 2021.

3.7 Adjustments to profit
The board provides an adjusted profit measure to 
provide additional information to aid an understanding 
of the group’s performance as set out in note 5 where we 
have detailed all of the items which are included within 
the adjustments to profit.

‘Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease’ 
in the application of the Group’s accounting policies. 
The requirements of IAS17 have been considered in 
determining whether this lease should be classified as an 
operating lease or a finance lease including that the lease 
term is not for the major part of the expected useful 
economic life of the assets and the present value of the 
minimum lease payments is not substantially all of the 
fair value of the assets, the Group has concluded that it 
has an operating lease.

(b) Critical accounting estimates and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty

3.1 Useful economic lives and residual values of 
property, plant and equipment
The useful economic life and residual value of property, 
plant and equipment is reviewed annually. The useful 
economic life and residual value of an asset is assessed 
by considering the expected usage, estimated technical 
obsolescence, physical wear and tear and the operating 
environment in which the asset is located. Differences 
between such estimates and actual results may have a 
material impact on the amount of the carrying values 
of the property, plant and equipment and may result in 
adjustments to future rates of depreciation.

3.2 Useful economic lives of development cost 
intangible assets 
The periods of amortisation used for product and 
process development cost assets require judgements 
to be made on the estimated useful economic lives of 
the intangible assets to determine an appropriate rate 
of amortisation. Capitalised development costs are 
amortised in line with the expected production volume 
profile of the products to which they relate over the 
period during which economic benefits are expected to 
be received which is typically between 3 – 8 years.

The amortisation charge for development cost intangible 
assets in the current year is £4,349,000. If useful 
economic lives of development cost intangible assets 
were reduced by 1 year across the whole portfolio of 
assets the impact on current year amortisation would be 
to increase the charge by £670,000 to £5,019,000.

3.3 Impairment of financial assets – preference 
share debt
The Group classifies its preference share financial 
assets as debt instruments. The initial fair value of 
the instruments issued by the Group’s joint venture, 
Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited (‘CSCL’) in 
2015 have been restated in the financial statements to 
reflect discounting associated with the debt cash flows 
(see note 2.30).

The carrying value of the preference share financial 
assets are subject to review for impairment on an annual 
basis or if events or circumstances provide an indication 
that the carrying value may no longer be recoverable 
from future estimated cash flows.

The carrying value of the preference share debt due 
from CSCL has been reviewed for impairment based 
upon a combination of the progress and milestones that 
CSCL has achieved against its original business plan, 
current cash flow forecasts and the capacity for CSCL to 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

99

Company No: 3745726

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

4. 

Segmental analysis

The Chief Operating Decision Maker is defined as the executive directors. The executive directors consider that the 
Wireless, Photonics, Infra-red and CMOS++ markets are the Group’s primary reporting segments. The executive 
directors assess the performance of these operating segments based on their adjusted operating profit. 

Further detail on the nature of the segments is provided in the Strategic Report.

Revenue

Wireless

Photonics

Infra-Red

CMOS++

Total Segment Revenue

License income from joint ventures

Total Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Wireless

Photonics

Infra-Red

CMOS++

Central corporate costs

Segment adjusted operating profit

Profit from license income from joint ventures

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted items (see note 5)

Net reduction in contingent deferred consideration

Restructuring and reorganisation

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

2017
£’000

91,628

47,641

11,955

1,382

Restated
2016
£’000

91,291

22,792

10,560

1,406

152,606

126,049

1,874

6,658

154,480

132,707

13,718

18,198

3,259

(1,677)

(9,013)

24,485

1,874

26,359

13,040

9,254

2,651

(1,576)

(7,908)

15,461

6,658

22,119

(9,340)

(4,255)

-

-

2,340

(378)

17,019

19,826

(2,099)

14,920

(1,463)

18,363

The segmental disclosure for 2016 has been restated to separately disclose central costs following a reorganisation of 
the Group’s functions. Central corporate costs include all head office and other corporate related support functions. 

Finance costs are not allocated to the segments because treasury is managed centrally.

Measures of total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment are not reported to the chief operating decision 
maker and therefore have not been disclosed.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

100

Company No: 3745726

 
In the years set out below, certain customers accounted for greater than 10% of the Group’s total revenues:

Customer 1 

Customer 2

Customer 3

Segment

Wireless

Wireless

Photonics

2017
£’000

2017
% revenue

2016
£’000

2016
% revenue

27,444

23,714

23,000

18%

15%

15%

32,480

28,456

499

24%

21%

0%

There are no customers in the Infra-Red or CMOS++ segments that accounted for greater than 10% of the Group’s 
total revenues.

Geographical information
Disclosure of group revenues by location of customer:

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Americas

United States of America

Rest of Americas

Europe, Middle East & Africa (EMEA)

France

Germany

Israel

United Kingdom

Rest of EMEA

Asia Pacific

People’s Republic of China

Japan

Taiwan

Rest of Asia Pacific

Total revenue

2017
£’000

95,084

95,021

63

14,332

498

6,697

1,843

2,570

2,724

45,064

1,246

5,057

31,350

7,411

2016
£’000

88,794

88,697

97

15,915

435

4,652

2,077

7,340

1,411

27,998

1,413

3,830

17,287

5,468

154,480

132,707

Disclosure of non-current assets by location of assets:

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

By location

USA

Singapore

Taiwan

UK

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

2017
£’000

50,025

7,704

13,100

19,971

90,800

101

2016
£’000

56,097

7,865

12,615

8,424

85,001

2017
£’000

73,528

9,761

2,579

22,645

108,513

2016
£’000

77,336

10,204

2,339

14,093

103,972

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

5.  Adjusted profit measures

The group’s results are reported after a number of adjusted items. The directors believe that the selected adjusted 
measures allow management and other stakeholders to better compare the performance of the Group between the 
current and prior year, without the effects of one-off or non-operational items and better reflects the normalised 
underlying earnings in the year. The tables below provide additional information to aid an understanding of the 
adjusted items and the impact on the Group’s performance.

(All figures £’000s)

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income

SG&A

Profit on disposal of 
PPE 

Adjusted 
Items

2017
Reported
Results

Adjusted
Results

Adjusted 
Items

Restated
2016
Reported
Results

- 

154,480 

132,707 

- 

132,707 

Adjusted
Results

154,480 

(110,840)

(5,017)

(115,857)

(96,292)

43,640 

(5,017)

38,623 

36,415 

(2,246)

(2,246)

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,340 

(98,538)

34,169 

2,340 

(17,259)

(4,323)

(21,582)

(14,249)

(2,387)

(16,636)

(22)

- 

(22)

(47)

- 

(47)

Operating profit

26,359 

(9,340)

Finance costs

(2,019)

(80)

Profit before tax

24,340 

(9,420)

Taxation

483 

(918)

17,019 

(2,099)

14,920 

(435)

22,119 

(2,293)

(1,489)

26

20,630 

(2,267)

62 

(402)

19,826 

(1,463)

18,363 

(340)

Profit for the period

24,823 

(10,338)

14,485 

20,692 

(2,669)

18,023 

(All figures £’000s)

Change in US tax rate

Pre tax
Adjustment

Tax 
Impact

-

(7,003)

Share based payments

(7,526)

5,439

2017
Adjusted
Results

(7,003)

(2,087)

Pre tax
Adjustment

Tax  
Impact

-

(2,881)

-

-

Restated
2016
Adjusted
Results

-

(2,881)

Amortisation of acquired 
intangibles

Gain on release of deferred 
consideration

Non cash rent charge

Discounting

Restructuring

Total

(1,429)

563

(866)

(1,374)

444

(930)

-

(385)

(80)

-

-

69

14

-

-

(316)

(66)

-

(9,420)

(918)

(10,338)

2,340

(980)

1,360

-

26

(378)

(2,267)

-

2

132

(402)

-

28

(246)

(2,669)

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

102

Company No: 3745726

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

The nature of the adjusted items is as follows:

· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

Change in US tax rate – This refers to a deferred tax charge of £7,003k (2016: £nil) relating to the impact of 
the change in US Federal tax rates from 35% to 21% and the associated reduction in value of the Group’s US 
deferred tax asset.
Share based payments – The charge recorded in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share based payment’, of which 
£5,017k (2016: £1,920k) has been classified within cost of sales in gross profit and £2,509k (2016: £961k) has 
been classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in operating profit.
Amortisation of acquired intangibles – The amortisation of customer contract intangible assets which arose 
in respect of the fair value exercise in previous acquisitions.  The charge of £1,429k (2016: £1,374k) has been 
classified as selling, general and administrative expenses within operating profit.
Gain on release of deferred consideration – The gain in 2016 related to the release of the balance of a 
provision for deferred consideration.  This gain was classified as other income in operating profit.  The 
deferred consideration was settled in full in 2016.  
Non-cash rent charge – The charge associated with rent free periods on leased property of £385k (2016: 
£nil) (New foundry in Newport) has been classified as selling, general and administrative expenses within 
operating profit.
Discounting - This relates to the discounting of long term financial assets of £235k (2016: £nil) and the 
unwinding of discounting of long term balances of £155k (2016: £26k), and has been classified as finance 
costs within profit before tax.
Restructuring – This cost relates to restructuring and reorganisation activities which were concluded in 2016. 
An amount of £326k was classified as cost of sales in gross profit, and £52k was classified as selling, general 
and administrative expenses within operating profit

These adjustments were non-cash, other than the restructuring charge in 2016.   The cash impact of adjustments in 
the consolidated cash flow statement represent the rental cost associated with an onerous property lease provision.

Adjusted EBITDA (adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) has been calculated as 
follows:

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

Profit attributable to equity shareholders

14,385

17,859

Non-controlling interest

Tax

Share based payments

Finance costs

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Amortisation of intangible fixed assets

Loss/(Profit) on disposal of fixed assets

Non cash property lease charge (rent free period)*

Gain on release of contingent deferred consideration*

Restructuring and re-organisation costs*

Adjusted EBITDA

100

435

7,526

2,099

5,637

6,388

22

385

-

-

36,977

164

340

2,881

1,463

5,561

5,377

47

-

(2,340)

378

31,730

* Exceptional items impacting Adjusted EBITDA include non-cash property lease charges associated with rent free 
periods, wireless business unit re-organisation costs and the release of contingent deferred consideration.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

103

Company No: 3745726

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

6.  Operating profit

The operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of  property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of non-current intangible assets

Services provided by auditors*

Operating lease rentals

Research and development

Exchange gains

Share based payments

Cost of raw materials consumed

Loss/(gain) on disposal of fixed assets

Exceptional items**

2017
£’000

5,637

6,388

247

8,715

69

1,434

7,526

64,116

22

385

Restated
2016
£’000

5,561

5,377

125

7,827

143

(1,269)

2,881

53,948

47

(1,962)

The operating lease rental in the comparative financial information has been restated to include the cash costs 
payable to the Group’s joint venture, Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited, associated with the Group’s right of 
use of the joint ventures assets (see note 3 and 30).  

*A schedule of services provided by the group’s auditors and related fees is disclosed in the Corporate Governance 
Report.

**Exceptional items include the following items: non cash property lease charges associated with rent free periods, 
re-organisation costs and the release of contingent deferred consideration. Further details are provided in note 5.

7.   Employee costs

Employee costs (including directors’ remuneration)

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Charge for share based payments

Average number of employees (including directors)

Manufacturing

Selling, general and administrative

2017
£’000

32,783

3,621

1,286

7,526

45,216

Restated
2016
£’000

27,834

2,816

1,035

2,881

34,566

2017
Number

2016
Number

400

191

591

364

111

475

The charge for share based payments in the employee cost note for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been 
restated. Details of the restatement are set out in note 2.30.

Directors’ emoluments and compensation, share options and other long term incentive plan details, including details 
of all outstanding options and long term incentive awards and the value of director pension contributions paid are set 
out in the Remuneration Report on page 55 to 70 where the relevant disclosures have been highlighted as audited.  

Key management within the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, members of the 
management board and business unit leaders. Compensation to key management, including pensions of £253,000 
(2016: £228,000), was £4,997,000 (2015: £4,545,000) and the charge for share-based payments was £5,792,000 (2016: 
£1,235,000).

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

104

Company No: 3745726

 
8. 

Finance costs

Bank and other loans
Unwind of discount on long term balances 

2017
£’000

2,019
80
2,099

Restated
2016
£’000

1,489
(26)
1,463

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

9. 

Taxation

Current tax on profits for the year

Total current tax charge

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total deferred tax credit

Total tax charge

2017
£’000

505

505

(70)

(70)

435

Restated
2016
£’000

1,694

1,694

(1,354)

(1,354)

340

Factors affecting total tax charge
The tax credit assessed for the year is different from that resulting from applying the standard rate of corporation tax 
in the UK of 19.25% (2016: 20.00%). The differences are explained below:  

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation

Tax charge at 19.25% thereon (2016: 20.00%)
Effects of :

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Overseas tax rate differences
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
Tax losses utilised for which no deferred tax asset was recognised
Other deferred tax movements
Re-measurement of deferred tax – change in UK tax rate
Impact on deferred tax as a result of changes in tax rates
Total tax charge for the year

2017
£’000

14,920

(2,872)

(1,063)
309
3,957
1,250
5,394
(407)
(7,003)
(435)

Restated
2016
£’000

18,363

(3,673)

(119)
(800)
3,285
-
967
-
-
(340)

Other deferred tax movements primarily relates to 
deferred tax recognised on share options.

The comparative financial information for the year ended 
31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

Finance (No.2) Bill 2016, which was substantively enacted 
in September 2016, included legislation to reduce the 
main rate of corporation tax from 20% to 19% from 1 
April 2017 with a further reduction to 17% from 1 April 
2020. Accordingly, the closing UK deferred tax asset/
liability in the financial statements has been recognised 
on this basis.

The US tax Reform Bill, H.R.1, which was substantively 
enacted on 22 December 2017, included legislation to 
reduce the main rate of US Federal tax from 35% to 21% 
from 1 January 2018. Accordingly, the closing US deferred 
tax asset in the financial statements has been recognised 
on this basis.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are 
expected to apply in the relevant territory in the period 
when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based 
on tax rates and tax laws that have been substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

105

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

10.  Deferred Taxation 

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January

Income statement credit recognised in the year

Tax credit relating to components of other comprehensive income

Exchange differences

At 31 December

2017
£’000

18,181

70

683

(1,166)

17,768

2016
£’000

14,210

1,354

-

2,617

18,181

The current portion of the deferred tax asset is £5,000,000 (2016: £1,300,000) in relation to utilisation of tax losses. 

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of 
balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

Group

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 January 2016

Credited/(charged) to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2016

Credited to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2017

Deferred tax assets

At 1 January 2016

Credited/(charged) to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2016

Credited/(charged) to income statement

Credited to equity

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2017

Accelerated 
Capital 
Allowances
£’000

Intangibles
£’000

(8,336)

(708)

(1,649)

(10,693)

3,228

683

(6,782)

Tax 
Losses
£’000

26,661

1,918

4,831

33,410

(8,933)

-

(2,075)

22,402

(7,547)

722

(1,023)

(7,848)

3,098

249

(4,501)

Other
£’000

3,432

(578)

458

3,312

2,677

683

(23)

6,649

Total
£’000

(15,883)

14

(2,672)

(18,541)

6,326

932

(11,283)

Total
£’000

30,093

1,340

5,289

36,722

(6,256)

683

(2,098)

29,051

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax 
benefit through future taxable profits from the same trade is probable. 

The group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of £505,000 (2016: £14,339,000) in respect of losses 
amounting to £2,805,000 (2016: £39,856,000) that can be carried forward against future taxable income. The deferred 
tax asset would be recognised if sufficient profits from the same trade arise in future periods.

Tax losses arising in the UK totalling £32,931,000 have no date of expiry. Tax losses arising in the US can be carried 
forward against future taxable income for 20 years before expiring. Of the Group’s total US tax losses of £79,493,000 
losses amounting to £nil and £1,000 expire in 2018 and 2019.

Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised for the withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the 
unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries. Such amounts are permanently reinvested.

R&D Tax Credits
The Group recognised a credit of £487,000 (2016: £792,000) within operating profit in relation to claims made under 
the R&D Expenditure Credit Scheme (RDEC). 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

106

Company No: 3745726

 
Company

Deferred tax assets

At 1 January 2016

Charged / (credited) to equity

At 31 December 2016

Credited to income statement

Credited to equity

At 31 December 2017

Tax 
Losses
£’000

Share
Options
£’000

Other 
Timing
Differences
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,974

246

5,220

-

-

-

32

-

32

Total
£’000

-

-

-

5,006

246

5,252

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

There is an unrecognised deferred tax asset of £nil (2016: £1,645,000) which relates primarily to short term timing 
differences arising on share option charges.

11.  Dividends

No dividend has been paid or proposed in 2017 (2016: £nil).

12.  Earnings per share

“Basic earnings per share” is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  

“Diluted earnings per share” is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of shares and the dilutive effect of ‘in the money’ share options in issue. Share options are classified 
as ‘in the money’ if their exercise price is lower than the average share price for the year. As required by IAS 33, 
this calculation assumes that the proceeds receivable from the exercise of ‘in the money’ options would be used to 
purchase shares in the open market in order to reduce the number of new shares that would need to be issued.  

The directors also present an adjusted earnings per share measure which eliminates certain adjusted items in order 
to provide a more meaningful measure of underlying profit.  The adjustments are detailed in note 5.

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Adjustments to profit after tax (note 5) 

Adjusted profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

Dilutive share options

2017
£’000

14,385

10,338

24,723

Restated
2016
£’000

17,859

2,669

20,528

2017
Number

2016
Number

689,537,776

671,532,674

47,142,160

38,548,084

Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares

736,679,936

710,080,758

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

3.59p

2.09p

3.36p

1.95p

3.06p

2.66p

2.89p

2.52p

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

107

Company No: 3745726

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

13. 

Intangible assets

Goodwill
£’000

Patents
£’000

Development
 costs
£’000

Software
£’000

Customer 
contracts
£’000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2017

69,574

Additions

Reclassified to 
investments

-

-

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2017

(5,166)

64,408

2,195

874

-

(26)

3,043

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Charge for the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

-

-

-

-

291

55

(6)

340

44,899

15,434

(75)

(2,637)

57,621

18,847

4,349

(1,113)

22,083

5,265

1,548

-

(13)

6,800

1,268

555

(11)

1,812

8,129

-

-

(702)

7,427

5,684

1,429

(562)

6,551

Total
£’000

130,062

17,856

(75)

(8,544)

139,299

26,090

6,388

(1,692)

30,786

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2016

64,408

69,574

2,703

1,904

35,538

26,052

4,988

3,997

876

2,445

108,513

103,972

Goodwill
£’000

Patents
£’000

Development
 costs
£’000

Software
£’000

Customer 
contracts
£’000

Total
£’000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2016

57,853

Additions

Adjustment (see below)

Disposal

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2016

-

-

-

11,721

69,574

1,756

421

-

(8)

26

2,195

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2016

Charge for the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2016

-

-

-

-

224

52

15

291

34,751

6,310

(484)

-

4,322

44,899

13,381

3,700

1,766

3,811

1,373

-

-

81

5,265

943

251

74

18,847

1,268

6,694

104,865

34

-

-

1,401

8,129

3,474

1,374

836

5,684

8,138

(484)

(8)

17,551

130,062

18,022

5,377

2,691

26,090

Net book value

69,574

1,904

26,052

3,997

2,445

103,972

At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2015

57,853

1,532

21,370

2,868

3,220

86,843

Reclassification in 2017 relates to the Group’s investment in Seren Photonics Limited which has been reclassified to 
fixed asset investments.   

Adjustment in 2016 relates to the write down of development costs relating to NanoGan following a reduction in the 
deferred consideration payable in relation to the NanoGaN acquisition.

Customer contract intangible assets relate to customer contracts acquired as part of a business combination. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

108

Company No: 3745726

 
The amortisation charge of £6,388,000 (2016: £5,377,000) has been charged to selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement.

The carrying value of deferred development costs are supported by forecast cash flows. 

Impairment tests for goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment at the level of the 
cash-generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs to which it is allocated. Multiple production facilities are included in a 
single CGU reflecting that production can (and is) transferred between sites for different operating segments to suit 
capacity planning and operational efficiency. Given the interdependency of facilities, goodwill is therefore tested for 
impairment by grouping operational sites into a CGU or CGUs based on type of production. This gives rise to the 
following allocation of goodwill:

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Allocation of goodwill by CGU 

III/V Epitaxy

Substrates

Total Goodwill

2017
£’000

57,284

7,124

64,408

2016
£’000

61,776

7,798

69,574

The recoverable amount of the CGUs has been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow 
projections for a five year period plus a terminal value. The Board approved 2018 budget, adjusted to exclude cash 
flows associated with expansion capital expenditure, has been used for the first year of the forecast.  

Key assumptions applied in the forecasts include:

· 
· 
· 

EBITDA growth in years 2 to 5 of 10%,  
A long term growth rate of 2% (2016: 2%)
Pre-tax weighted average cost of capital discount rate of 10% (2016: 10%)

Management believes it is appropriate to use the same discount rate for each CGU given that they have similar risk 
profiles and common funding. 

In respect of the III/V Epitaxy CGU, the forecast EBITDA compound growth rate is c21% over the five year period driven 
by growth in Photonics and emerging markets. 

No impairment would arise if the discount rate for the III/V Epitaxy and substrate CGU was increased from 10% to 
15%. 

No impairment would arise if the EBITDA compound growth rate in the 5 year forecast period for both the III/V Epitaxy 
and substrates CGU’s was restricted to zero.

No impairment would arise if the discount rate for the III/V Epitaxy and substrate CGU was increased from 10% to 
15% and the EBITDA growth rate in the 5 year forecast period was restricted to zero.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

109

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Company

Cost  

At 1 January 2017

Additions

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2017

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2016

Company

Cost  

At 1 January 2016

Additions

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2016

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2015

Patents
£’000

Software
£’000

1,372

227

1,599

-

-

-

1,599

1,372

416

148

564

40

47

87

477

376

Total
£’000

1,788

375

2,163

40

47

87

2,076

1,748

Patents
£’000

Software
£’000

Total
£’000

1,073

299

1,372

-

-

-

1,372

1,073

368

48

416

-

40

40

376

368

1,441

347

1,788

-

40

40

1,748

1,441

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

110

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

14.  Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost  

At 1 January 2017

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2017

Charge for the year

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2016

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Short leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Fixtures 
and fittings
£’000

Plant and 
machinery
£’000

Total
£’000

8,682

321

-

(272)

8,731

3,610

182

-

(64)

3,728

5,003

5,072

34,400

70

-

(2,358)

32,112

17,774

547

-

(945)

17,376

14,736

16,626

5,437

367

-

(169)

5,635

3,817

335

-

(153)

3,999

1,636

1,620

149,022

197,541

15,628

(1,638)

(9,370)

16,386

(1,638)

(12,169)

153,642

200,120

87,339

112,540

4,573

(1,615)

(6,080)

5,637

(1,615)

(7,242)

84,217

109,320

69,425

61,683

90,800

85,001

Property, plant and equipment includes assets in the course of construction with a net carrying value of £9,989,000 
(2016: £nil) primarily relating to plant and equipment purchased for the group’s manufacturing site at Newport, United 
Kingdom. 

Group

Cost  

At 1 January 2016

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2016

Charge for the year

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2015

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Short leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Fixtures 
and fittings
£’000

Plant and 
machinery
£’000

Total
£’000

7,813

4

-

865

8,682

3,270

200

-

140

3,610

5,072

4,543

28,542

513

-

5,345

34,400

14,841

549

-

2,384

17,774

16,626

13,701

4,166

643

-

628

5,437

3,144

264

-

409

3,817

1,620

1,022

112,664

153,185

11,842

(1,129)

25,645

13,002

(1,129)

32,483

149,022

197,541

66,776

88,031

4,548

(737)

16,752

87,339

5,561

(737)

19,685

112,540

61,683

45,888

85,001

65,154

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

111

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Company

Cost  

At 1 January 2017

Additions

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2017

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2016

Company

Cost  

At 1 January 2016

Additions

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2016

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2015

Fixtures and fittings
£’000

76

11

87

71

6

77

10

5

Fixtures and fittings
£’000

70

6

76

66

5

71

5

4

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

112

Company No: 3745726

 
15. 

Investments

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2017

Reclassified from intangible assets

At 31 December 2017

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Other equity 
investments 
£’000

-

75

75

Total  
£’000

-

75

75

The reclassification in 2017 relates to the reclassification of the investment in Seren Photonics Limited from intangible 
assets to fixed asset investments.

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2017 – restated

Subsidiaries share based payments charge

At 31 December 2017

Provisions for impairment

At 1 January 2017

Reversal of impairment 

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2016

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2016

Additions

Subsidiaries share based payments charge

At 31 December 2016

Provisions for impairment

At 1 January 2016

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

At 31 December 2015

Investments in subsidiaries 
£’000

Other equity 
investments 
£’000

Total  
£’000

120,072

121

120,193

71,514

(39,482)

32,032

75

-

75

-

-

-

75

75

88,161

48,558

119,997

121

120,118

71,514

(39,482)

32,032

88,086

48,483

Investments in subsidiaries 
£’000

Other equity 
investments 
£’000

Restated 
Total  
£’000

100,509

19,091

397

119,997

71,514

71,514

48,483

28,995

75

100,584

-

-

19,091

397

75

120,072

-

-

75

75

71,514

71,514

48,558

29,070

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

113

Company No: 3745726

 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Additions to investments in subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2016 have been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

Details of the company’s subsidiaries are set out in note 28.

Investments are reviewed for impairment annually. Where the net realisable value is lower than the investment 
carrying value an impairment charge is recognised in the income statement. Indicators that impairment losses might 
have reversed are assessed annually. Where events or circumstances indicate that the impairment loss no longer 
exists, a reversal of the impairment charge is recognised in the income statement.

Provisions for impairment associated with the company’s investment in its subsidiaries, EPI Holding Limited and 
Wafer Technology Limited have been reversed based upon actual and forecast performance of the underlying trading 
businesses. The recoverable amount of each investment has been determined based on value in use calculations, 
using cash flow projections for a five year period plus a terminal value assuming no subsequent growth. The Board 
approved 2018 budget is used for the first year of the forecast. The cash flow projections used are consistent with the 
cash flow projections used for the goodwill impairment review (see note 13).

16. 

Inventories 

Raw materials and consumables

Work-in-progress and finished goods

2017
£’000

25,067

8,640

33,707

2016
£’000

22,528

5,970

28,498

The directors are of the opinion that the replacement values of inventories are not materially different to the carrying 
values stated above. These carrying values are stated net of impairment provisions of £6,273,000 (2016: £8,076,000). 
£440,000 (2016: £121,000) of inventories were written down during 2017 and an expense recognised in the income 
statement. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

114

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

17.  Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current

Financial assets

2017
Group
£’000

2017
Company
£’000

Restated
2016
Group
£’000

Restated
2016
Company
£’000

18,440

-

3,712

10,088

32,240

2017
Group
£’000

7,680

-

114,138

-

91

114,229

14,424

-

3,554

12,890

30,868

-

96,711

74

159

96,944

2017
Company
£’000

Restated
2016
Group
£’000

2016
Company
£’000

-

6,889

-

Non-current financial assets have been restated. 
Details of the restatement are set out in note 2.30. The 
comparative financial information has also been restated 
to separately reclassify other receivables previously 
reported within prepayments and accrued income.

date is the carrying value of each class of receivable as 
set out above.  In terms of trade receivables, the terms of 
sale provide that the group has recourse to the products 
sold in the event of non-payment by a customer.

As at 31 December 2016, 86% (2016: 71%) of trade 
receivables were within terms.  Of the other trade 
receivables, 69% (2016: 81%) were less than 30 days 
past due.  An allowance has been made for estimated 
irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods of 
£222,000 (2016: £229,000).  This allowance has been 
determined by reference to past default experience. 
Included in prepayments and accrued income is accrued 
income of £7,317,000 (2016: £10,421,000) relating to 
wireless supplier managed inventory sales. There was no 
accrued income relating to photonics supplier managed 
inventory arrangements (2016: £nil).

Our trade receivables are with established customers. We 
monitor customer D&B credit ratings and have had no 
material defaults in the past. None of our receivables are 
with customers where we have had any history of default. 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting 

Amounts owed by group undertakings are unsecured 
and repayable on demand. Interest is charged at a rate of 
5% per annum (2016: 5% per annum).

Financial assets relate to £8,800,000 of Preferred ‘A’ 
shares (2016: £8,000,000) issued by the Compound 
Semiconductor Centre Limited (‘CSC’), a joint venture 
between the Group and Cardiff University (see Note: 
29 for further details). The preference shares carry the 
following rights:

· 
· 

· 

No voting rights
Dividend equivalent to the HSBC Bank PLC base 
rate for the applicable period on the amount 
paid up, subject to CSC having available profits.
Repayable in proportion to the outstanding 
principle from surplus cash generated. 

The carrying values of trade and other receivables also 
represent their estimated fair values. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

115

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

18.  Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

2017
Group
£’000

2017
Company
£’000

Restated
2016
Group
£’000

Restated
2016
Company
£’000

23,554

-

4,778

5,580

9,260

43,172

1,139

14,351

4,151

-

1,595

21,236

23,331

-

2,046

2,336

9,203

36,916

773

20,488

940

-

1,583

23,784

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated to separately 
reclassify other payables previously reported within accruals and deferred income, to reclassify overseas tax payable 
as current tax liabilities as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and to restate other taxation and social 
security as detailed in note 2.30. 

Amounts owed by group undertakings in the company has been restated. Details of the restatement are set out in 
note 2.30. 

Amounts owed to group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand. Interest is charged at a rate of 5% 
per annum (2016: 5% per annum).

The carrying values of trade and other payables also represent their estimated fair values.

There are no foreign currency exchange contracts held at 31 December 2017 or 31 December 2016. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

116

Company No: 3745726

 
19.  Borrowings 

The Group

Non-current borrowings:

Bank borrowings

Current borrowings:

Bank borrowings

Total borrowings

Bank borrowings

Bank borrowings fall due for repayment as follows:

Within one year

Between one and five years

After five years

The company

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

2017
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

2017
£’000

-

-

-

-

2016
£’000

36,854

36,854

7,652

7,652

44,506

2016
£’000

7,652

34,906

1,948

44,506

The borrowings of the parent company comprise the bank loan of £nil (2016: £42,069,000). The prior period bank 
loans comprised multi-currency acquisition, capital expenditure and revolving credit facilities and an overdraft of £nil 
(2016: £1,028,000).

The Company

Non-current borrowings:

Bank borrowings

Current borrowings:

Bank overdraft

Bank borrowings

Total borrowings

Bank borrowings fall due for repayment as follows:

Within one year

Between one and   years

2017
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2017
£’000

-

-

-

2016
£’000

34,524

34,524

1,028

7,545

8,573

43,097

2016
£’000

8,573

34,524

43,097

The Group and Company repaid bank loans comprising its multi-currency acquisition loan, capital expenditure loan 
and revolving credit facilities on 21 November 2017 following an equity placing (see note 22). 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

117

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

20. 

 Provisions for other liabilities and charges 

As at 1 January

Charged to the income statement

Utilised during the year

Foreign exchange

As at 31 December

Current

Non-current

Total provisions for liabilities and charges

2017
£’000

3,588

-

(1,372)

(16)

2,200

2017
£’000

1,534

666

2,200

2016
£’000

4,038

104

(1,283)

729

3,588

2016
£’000

1,421

2,167

3,588

During 2015, as part of the re-organisation and rationalisation of the Group’s operations the Group restructured its 
activities in Singapore and established with its joint venture partners the Compound Semiconductor Development 
Centre. The Group sub-lets space at its Singapore manufacturing facility to its joint venture (see note 30) and 
established an onerous lease provision for vacant space at the property following the re-organisation. The onerous 
lease provision is expected to be utilised over the next one and a half years. The provision has been discounted using 
a risk free rate of 2.5%.

21. 

 Financial Instruments 

Financial instruments by category

Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments) 
and cash and cash equivalents are classified as ‘loans and 
receivables’. Borrowings and trade and other payables 
are classified as ‘other financial liabilities at amortised 
cost’. Both categories are initially measured at fair value 
and subsequently held at amortised cost. All financial 
instruments are classified as Level 2 per the fair value 
hierarchy. 

Derivatives (forward exchange contracts) are classified 
as ‘derivatives used for hedging’ and accounted for at fair 
value with gains and losses taken to reserves through the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Financial risk and treasury policies

The Group’s finance team maintains liquidity, manages 
relations with the Group’s bankers, identifies and 
manages foreign exchange risk and provides a treasury 
service to the Group’s businesses. Treasury dealings 
such as investments, borrowings and foreign exchange 
are conducted only to support underlying business 
transactions.

The Group has clearly defined policies for the 
management of foreign exchange rate risk. The Group 
finance team does not undertake speculative foreign 
exchange dealings for which there is no underlying 
exposure. Exposures resulting from sales and purchases 
in foreign currency are matched where possible and 
the net exposure may be hedged by the use of forward 
exchange contracts.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a 
customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails 
to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally 
from the Group’s receivables from customers and 
monies on deposit with financial institutions. 

Customer credit risk is managed at the Group and site 
level with credit risk assessments completed for all 
customers. If no independent credit rating is available the 
credit quality of the customer is assessed by reference 
to the customers’ financial position, past experience 
and other relevant factors. Individual credit limits are 
set based on internal or external ratings in accordance 
with the Group’s credit risk policies. Where the group 
assesses a potential credit risk, this is dealt with either 
by up-front payment prior to the shipment of goods or 
by other credit risk mitigation measures. The group has 
historically experienced low levels of payment default.

Counterparty risk associated with monies on deposit 
with financial institutions is managed at the Group level 
in accordance with the Group’s treasury policies. The 
credit quality of banks has been assessed by reference 
to external credit ratings, based on reputable credit 
agencies long term issuer ratings.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting 
date in relation is the carrying value of each class 
of financial asset is set out below.  In terms of trade 
receivables, the terms of sale provide that the group 
has recourse to the products sold in the event of non-
payment by a customer.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

118

Company No: 3745726

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Assets as per balance sheet

Carrying amount – Loans and Receivables

2017
Group
£’000

2017
Company
£’000

Restated
2016
Group
£’000

Restated
2016
Company
£’000

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

45,612

18,440

31,281

-

4,957

14,424

-

-

Amounts owed by group undertakings

-

114,138

-

96,711

Other receivables excluding prepayments 

Financial Assets (Preference share receivables)

11,029

7,680

82,761

-

-

145,419

13,975

6,889

40,245

74

-

96,785

Included in other receivables is accrued income of £7,317,000 (2016: £10,421,000).

The Group is exposed to credit concentration risk with its three largest customers which represent 64% (2016: 56%) 
of outstanding trade receivables and accrued income balances. Customer credit risk is managed according to strict 
credit control policies. The majority of the group’s revenues are derived from large multinational organisations that 
are established customers of the Group with no prior history of default such that credit risk is considered to be 
low. The Group monitors customer D&B credit ratings and has had no material defaults in the past. None of the 
receivables are with customers where we have had any history of default. 

Not past due

Past due 0-30

Past due more than 30

Gross
2017
£’000

15,012

2,513

1,137

18,662

Provision
2017
£’000

-

-

222

222

Net
2017
£’000

15,012

2,513

915

Gross
2016
£’000

9,569

4,112

972

18,440

14,653

Provision
2016
£’000

-

-

229

229

Net
2016
£’000

9,569

4,112

743

14,424

An allowance has been made for estimated irrecoverable 
amounts from the sale of goods of £222,000 (2016: 
£229,000).  This allowance has been determined by 
reference to past default experience. The individually 
impaired receivables mainly relate to a number of 
independent customers. A portion of these receivables is 
expected to be recovered.

The carrying values of trade and other receivables also 
represent their estimated fair values.   

Trade receivables and accrued income are primarily 
denominated in US dollars, as are trade payables 
(note 18). The natural hedge between these financial 
instruments limits the exposure of the group to 
movements in foreign exchange rates. 

Based on the balances held at 31 December 2017 a 1 
cent movement in the US dollar to Sterling rate would 
impact the net value of these instruments by £13,000 
(2016: £20,000) (before the mitigating impact of cash flow 
hedges). 

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to 
meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group 
manages its funding to ensure, as far as possible, that it 
will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities 
when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, 
without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage 
to the Group’s reputation.

The Group uses weekly cash flow forecasts to monitor 
cash requirements and to optimise its borrowing 
position. 

The Group ensures that it has sufficient borrowing 
facilities to meet foreseeable operational expenses. At 
the year end the group had available facilities of £1.0m 
(2016: £65.0m).

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

119

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

The following shows the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments, where applicable 
and excluding the impact of netting agreements and on an undiscounted basis:

Analysis of contractual cash 
flow maturities -
Other financial liabilities at 
amortised cost

31 December 2017

Trade and other payables

Analysis of contractual cash 
flow maturities -
Other financial liabilities at 
amortised cost

31 December 2016 - restated

Trade and other payables

Secured bank loans

Carrying
amount 

Contractual 
Cash flows

Less than 12 
months

1 –2
Years 

 £’000

29,134

29,134

£’000

29,134

29,134

£’000

£’000

29,134

29,134

-

-

2–5
Years

£’000

5+
Years

£’000

-

-

-

-

Carrying
amount 

Contractual 
Cash flows

Less than 12 
months

1 – 2
Years 

2 – 5
Years

5+
Years

 £’000

25,667

44,506

70,173

£’000

25,667

47,745

73,412

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

25,667

-

-

-

9,251

32,731

2,860

2,903

34,918

32,731

2,860

2,903

Financial risk management

Market risk

Foreign Exchange Risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to 
foreign exchange risk arising from various currency 
exposures, primarily with respect to the US dollar, 
Taiwanese dollar, Singapore dollar, Japanese yen 
and Euro. Foreign exchange risk arises from future 
commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities 
and net investments in foreign operations.

The group’s presentational currency is sterling. The 
majority of the Group’s sales are denominated in US 
dollars and therefore the group’s cash flows are affected 
by fluctuations in the rate of exchange between Sterling 
and the US dollar. This exposure is managed by a natural 
currency hedge because a significant portion of the 
group’s cost base is also denominated in US dollars.  
In particular, the majority of the group’s raw materials 
are purchased in US dollars and a significant portion 
of labour and overheads are also denominated in US 
dollars as three of the group’s principal subsidiaries are 
situated in North America.  To a lesser extent, the group 
also generates sales in other currencies including Yen 
and Euros which are also partially hedged where possible 
by purchases of some raw materials in these currencies.

Taking into account the extent of the natural hedge 
within the business model, management periodically use 
forward exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of the 
residual foreign currency exposure. As at 31 December 
2017 and 31 December 2016 there were no contracts in 
place.

The group has certain investments in foreign operations 
in North America, Taiwan and Singapore, whose net 

assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. 
Translation exposures that arise on converting the 
results of overseas subsidiaries are not hedged.  

As a guide to the sensitivity of the group’s results to 
movements in foreign currency exchange rates, a one 
cent movement in the US dollar to Sterling rate would 
impact annual earnings by approximately £8,000 (2016: 
£62,000).

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Board is aware of the risks associated with changes 
in interest rates and does not speculate on future 
changes in interest rates or currencies. Historically the 
Group has not undertaken any hedging activity in this 
area however the board keeps this under regular review.

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its cash and 
cash equivalents and its preference share financial assets 
following repayment of all the Group’s bank borrowings 
during the year. Cash and cash equivalents, including 
foreign currency cash deposits earn interest at prevailing 
variable market rates of interest whilst the preference 
share debt earns interest at HSBC Bank Plc base rate.

Prior to the repayment of all the group’s bank borrowings 
during the year the group’s borrowings consisted of a 
series of variable and fixed rate term loans, a revolving 
credit facility, overdrafts and an asset lending facility. 
Bank loans, the revolving credit facility and overdrafts 
were secured against the assets of the group and the 
asset lending facility was secured against the specific 
assets to which it related.

The fixed rate US dollar term loans, which had a principal 
outstanding of £2.4m at 31 December 2016 bore interest 
of 5% until 2017. These loans were repayable by monthly 
instalment prior to its repayment. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

120

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

The US Dollar acquisition facility, which had a principal 
outstanding of £6.5m at 31 December 2016 bore interest 
of between 2.5% to 2.95% over LIBOR. This loan was 
repayable by quarterly instalments prior to its repayment.

The US Dollar revolving credit facility was a multi-currency 
facility of up to $63 million, committed until 2018 that 
bore interest of between 1.75% and 1.90% over LIBOR.

The UK Sterling capital expenditure facility, which had 
a principal outstanding of £5.0m at 31 December 2016 
bore interest at 1.90% over the Bank of England base 
rate. This loan was repayable by monthly instalment prior 
to its repayment.

The UK asset lending facility, which was drawn down 
during the year bore interest at 1.7% per annum over 
LIBOR. This loan was repayable by monthly instalment 
prior to its repayment.

The group’s policy is to regularly review its exposure to 
interest rate risk, and in particular the mix between fixed 
and floating rate financial assets and financial liabilities. 
The percentage of financial assets bearing variable rate 
interest was 100% (2016: 100%).  The Group had no 
interest bearing financial liabilities at 31 December 2017. 

As a guide to the sensitivity of the group’s results to 
movements in interest rates, a 50 basis point (0.5%) 
movement in interest rates on the interest bearing 
financial assets held at 31 December 2017 would impact 
annual interest income by approximately £230,000. At 31 
December 2016 the group had interest bearing financial 
liabilities. A 50 basis point (0.5%) movement in interest 
rates on the interest bearing financial liabilities held at 31 

Fair values

December 2016 would have impacted the annual interest 
charge prior to the redemption of the bank borrowings 
by approximately £170,000.

Capital risk management

The group’s main objectives when managing capital are 
to safeguard the group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders 
and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an 
optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

The group sets the amount of capital in proportion 
to risk.   The group manages the capital structure 
and makes adjustments to it in the light of changes 
in economic conditions and the characteristic of the 
underlying assets. The group monitors capital by 
reviewing net debt against shareholders’ funds.  The 
position of these indicators and the movement during 
the year is shown in the Five Year Financial Summary.

The group defines total capital as equity in the 
consolidated balance sheet plus net debt or less 
net funds. Total capital at 31 December 2017 was 
£245,201,000 (2016: £227,372,000). 

Consistent with others in the industry, the group 
monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This 
ratio is calculated as net debt plus deferred consideration 
divided by total capital. At 31 December 2016 the gearing 
ratio was nil (2016: 17%).

All covenants in relation to the group’s borrowing 
facilities were complied with prior to the repayment of 
the borrowings during the year.

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as 
follows:

Cash and Cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Other receivables 

Accrued income

Financial Assets (Preference share receivables)

2017
Carrying 
amount
£’000

45,612

18,440

3,712

7,317

7,680

2017
Fair 
value
£’000

45,612

18,440

3,712

7,317

7,680

Trade and other payables

Secured bank loans

(29,133)

(29,133)

-

-

Restated
2016
Carrying 
amount
£’000

4,957

14,424

3,554

10,421

6,889

(25,667)

(44,506)

53,628

53,628

(29,928)

Restated
2016
Fair 
value
£’000

4,957

14,424

3,554

10,421

6,889

(25,667)

(44,798)

(30,220)

Basis for determining fair value
The following summarises the significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

121

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

instruments reflected in the table above.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents earn interest at prevailing 
variable market rates of interest such that the carrying 
value of cash and cash equivalents is deemed to reflect 
fair value.

Trade receivables, other receivables and accrued 
income
Trade receivables, other receivables and accrued income 
are short term assets with a remaining life of less than 
one year such that the amortised cost carrying value of 
the assets is deemed to reflect fair value.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are short term liabilities with 
a remaining life of less than one year such that the 
amortised cost carrying value of the liabilities is deemed 
to reflect fair value.

Financial Assets (Preference share receivables)
The fair value of preference share receivables at the 
initial date of recognition has been restated to reflect 
the impact of discounting the cash flows using a rate of 
5.5% (see note 2.29). The carrying value of the preference 
shares have been assessed for impairment (see note 
3.4) with the cash flow forecasts used as part of this 
assessment indicating that  amortised cost is deemed to 
reflect fair value.

Secured loans
As the loans are floating rate borrowings, amortised cost 
is deemed to reflect fair value excluding unamortised 
transaction fees.

22.  Share capital

Group and Company

Allotted, called up and fully paid

2017
Number 
of shares

2017
£’000

2016
Number 
of shares

2016
£’000

Ordinary shares of 1p each

756,050,549

7,560

675,506,061

6,755

The movement in the number of ordinary shares during the year was:

At 1 January

Employee share schemes

Translucent equity consideration

Equity placing

At 31 December

2017
Number

2016
Number

675,506,061

665,533,170

12,602,907

-

67,941,581

4,831,424

5,141,467

-

756,050,549

675,506,061

80,544,488 ordinary shares (2016: 9,972,891 ordinary shares) were issued during the year as follows:

2017
Number 
of shares

2017
Consideration

Equity share placing

67,941,581

1.40p

Employee share schemes

12,602,907

Nil to 50.3p

Translucent equity consideration

-

-

2016
Number 
of shares

-

4,831,424

5,141,467

2016
 Consideration

-

Nil to 36.5p

Nil

  80,544,488

      9,972,891

The share premium arising from the equity share placing consideration received of £95,118,213 (2016: £nil) was 
£94,438,797 (2016: £nil). Costs associated with the equity share placing totalling £2,006,366 have been debited to 
share premium.

The share premium arising from consideration received from employee share scheme exercises of £2,541,029 (2016: 
£578,000) was £2,415,000 (2016: £1,481,000).

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

122

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

23.    Share based payments

The total amount charged to the income statement in 2017 in respect of share based payments was £7,526,000 
(2016: £2,881,000). Included within the share based payments charge is a £5,668,000 (2016: £2,037,000) charge 
relating to the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan.

Long term incentive plan
IQE plc operates a long term incentive plan for executive directors. Details of the long term incentive plan are set out 
in the Remuneration Report set out on page 55 to 70.

Share option scheme
The IQE Plc Share Option Scheme was adopted on 26 May 2000 and amended by shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting on 17 May 2002.   Under the scheme, the Remuneration Committee can grant options over shares in the 
company to employees of the group.  

Options are granted with a contractual life of ten years and with a fixed exercise price equal to the market value 
of the shares under option at the date of grant or as otherwise disclosed in the remuneration report. Options 
become exercisable between one and four years from the date of grant subject to continued employment and the 
achievement of performance conditions, including growth in EBITDA and earnings per share against various targets. 
The group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Long term incentive awards and share options are valued using either the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or the 
Monte Carlo simulation model with the total fair value of the award that is to be expensed charged to the income 
statement over the vesting period of the long term incentive award or share option. The principal assumptions used in 
the calculation of the fair value of long term incentive awards and share options are as follows: 

Principal assumptions

Weighted average share price at grant date

Weighted average exercise price

Weighted average vesting period (years)

Option life (years)

Weighted average expected life (years)

Weighted average expected volatility factor

Weighted average risk free rate

Dividend yield

2017

24.56p

8.93p

3

10

3

56%

1.20%

0%

2016

25.21p

15.63

3

10

3

52%

1.25%

0%

The expected volatility factor is based on historical share price volatility over the three years immediately preceding 
the grant of the option.  The expected life is the average expected period to exercise.  The risk free rate of return is 
the yield of zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life. 

Non-market performance conditions are incorporated into the calculation of fair value by estimating the proportion of 
share options that will vest and be exercised based on a combination of historical trends and future expected trading 
performance. These are reassessed at the end of each period for each tranche of unvested options.    

The fair value of long term incentive awards and share options granted during the year ended 31 December 2017 was 
£3,998,000 (2016: £3,678,693). 

The movements on long term incentive awards and share options during the year were as follows:

 2017
Number
 of options

2017
Average exercise price 
(pence)

At 1 January

Granted

Exercised

60,557,376

10,382,654

(11,468,580)

Cancelled/lapsed

(2,119,505)

At 31 December

57,351,945

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

9.42

6.42

15.68

18.63

7.29

123

2016
Number
 of options

 45,532,098 

19,258,119

(3,744,854)

(487,987)

60,557,376

2016

Average exercise price 
(pence)

13.14

2.02

15.63

17.81

9.42

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

The weighted average share price at the date share options were exercised during 2017 was 94.50p (2016: 21.48p).

No long term incentive awards were exercised during the year (2016: Nil).

As at 31 December 2017, the total number of long term incentive awards and share options held by employees was 
57,351,945 (2016: 60,557,376) as follows:

Option price pence/share

Option period ending

13.58p - 19.42p

16.10p - 16.10p

3.65p - 17.07p

0.00p – 45.58p

9.15p – 50.25p

0.00p – 28.17p

0.00p – 27.75p

0.00p – 23.83p

18.42p – 25.17p

0.00p – 37.92p

0.00p – 169.50p

At 31 December

31 December 2017

31 December 2018

31 December 2019

31 December 2020

31 December 2021

31 December 2022

31 December 2023

31 December 2024

31 December 2025

31 December 2026

31 December 2027

2017
Number of 
options

-

1,496,029

3,354,566

913,777

3,121,379

5,210,518

9,509,225

3,799,428

370,000

19,206,869

10,370,154

57,351,945

2016
Number of 
options

4,690,404

136,875

4,880,325

1,288,498

4,665,068

5,112,392

14,001,062

5,984,633

540,000

19,258,119

-

60,557,376

24.  Parent company profit and loss 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the parent company is not 
presented as part of these financial statements.  The parent company’s profit for the financial year amounted to 
£40,387,000 (2016: Restated loss £2,416,000).  

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

124

Company No: 3745726

 
25.  Cash generated from operations

Group

Profit before tax 

Finance costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation of intangible assets

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Non cash rent charges on rent free periods on leased property

Gain on release of contingent deferred consideration

Contingent deferred consideration (settled through contractual discounts)

Share based payments

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

2017
£’000

Restated 
2016
£’000

14,920

18,363

2,099

5,637

6,388

22

385

-

-

7,526

1,463

5,561

5,377

47

-

(2,340)

(3,959)

2,881

Cash inflow from operations before changes in working capital

36,977

27,393

Increase in inventories

(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(Decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash inflow from operations

(6,391)

(6,762)

5,893

29,717

(4,206)

1,437

(2,161)

22,463

The comparative financial information for the year ended 31 December 2016 has been restated. Details of the 
restatement are set out in note 2.30.

Company

Profit /(loss) before tax 

Finance income

Finance costs

Foreign exchange

Gain on release of deferred consideration

Depreciation

Amortisation

Reversal of impairment

Share based payments

Cash (outflow)/inflow from operations before changes in working capital

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Cash outflow from operations

2017
£’000

35,381

(5,246)

1,846

(2,498)

-

6

47

(39,482)

6,921

(3,025)

(13,024)

(5,736)

(21,785)

2016
£’000

(2,416)

(4,290)

1,278

8,283

(484)

5

40

-

2,477

4,893

(14,942)

1,237

(8,812)

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

125

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

26.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds / (debt)

Increase / (Decrease) in cash in the year

Increase in borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Repayment of leases

Net movement resulting from cash flows

Net debt at 1 January

Net movement resulting from cash flows

Non-cash movements (note 25)

Net cash / debt at 31 December

27.  Analysis of net funds / (debt)

2017
£’000

40,904

(27,864)

68,697

6,733

88,470

2016
£’000

(315)

(12,623)

3,252

89

(9,597)

(39,549)

(23,223)

88,470

(3,309)

45,612

(9,597)

(6,729)

(39,549)

At 1
January 2017
£’000

Cash flow
£’000

Other non-cash
movements
£’000

At 31
December 2017
£’000

Bank borrowings due after one year

Bank borrowings due within one 
year

Total borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Net funds / (debt)

(36,854)

(7,652)

(44,506)

4,957

(39,549)

40,277

7,289

47,566

40,904

88,470

(3,423)

363

(3,060)

(249)

(3,309)

-

-

-

45,612

45,612

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2017 comprised balances held in instant access bank accounts and other 
short term deposits with a maturity of less than 3 months.

Non-cash movements include £6,564,000 (2106: £nil) relating to finance leases that were used to fund capital 
expenditure where the bank settled the purchase cost directly with the equipment supplier and foreign exchange 
movements on US dollar denominated borrowings.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

126

Company No: 3745726

 
Country of 
incorporation

Registered
Office

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

28.  Subsidiary undertakings

Name of company

IQE (Europe) Limited 

Class of 
capital

Ordinary 
shares of £1

Proportion 
of shares 
held

100%*

IQE Inc 

IQE KC LLC

IQE Taiwan ROC**

IQE RF LLC 

Common 
stock of 
$0.001

Limited 
liability 
company

Ordinary 
shares of 
NT$10

Limited 
liability 
company

IQE Silicon Compounds 
Limited

Ordinary 
shares of £1

MBE Technology Pte Ltd 

Wafer Technology 
Limited

Preferred 
shares of S$1
Ordinary 
shares of S$1

Ordinary 
shares of £1

100%*

100%*

90%

100%*

100%

100%

100%

100%*

NanoGaN Limited

Ordinary 
shares of 
£0.001

100%

Galaxy Compound 
Semiconductors Inc

Common 
stock of $0.00 
par value

100%*

100%

100%

100%

EPI Holding Limited

Ordinary 
shares of £1

KTC Wireless LLC

IQE USA Inc

IQE Solar LLC

IQE Properties Inc

Limited 
liability 
company

Limited 
liability 
company

Limited 
liability 
company

Limited 
liability 
company

Activity

Manufacture 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture of 
silicon epitaxy

Manufacture 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture of 
semiconductor 
compounds and 
ultra high purity 
materials

Development 
of advanced 
semiconductor 
materials

Manufacture of 
semiconductor 
compounds and 
ultra high purity 
materials

Dormant holding 
company

Dormant holding 
company

Dormant holding 
company

UK

USA

USA

Taiwan

USA

UK

Singapore

UK

UK

USA

UK

USA

USA

USA

UK

100%*

Dormant company

USA

100%*

Property holding 
company

Wafer Technology 
International Limited

Ordinary 
shares of £1

100%

Dormant holding 
company

Pascal Close, St Mellons, 
Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK

119 Technology Drive, 
Bethlehem, PA 18015, 
USA

200 John Hancock Road, 
Taunton, MA 02780, 
USA

No. 2-1, Li-Hsin Road 
Hsinchu Science Park 
Hsinchu 300, Taiwan

265 Davidson Avenue 
Somerset, NJ 08873, 
USA

Pascal Close, St Mellons, 
Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK

30 Tampines industrial 
Avenue 3 Singapore 
528775

Pascal Close, St Mellons, 
Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK

Pascal Close, St Mellons, 
Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK

9922 E Montgomery 
Avenue, #7, Spokane, 
WA 99206, USA

Pascal Close, St Mellons, 
Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK

119 Technology Drive, 
Bethlehem, PA 18015, 
USA

119 Technology Drive, 
Bethlehem, PA 18015, 
USA

119 Technology Drive, 
Bethlehem, PA 18015, 
USA

119 Technology Drive, 
Bethlehem, PA 18015, 
USA

Pascal Close, St Mellons, 
Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK

* Indirect holdings
** The consolidated results of the Group include revenue (£28,844k), EBITDA (£4,302k) and net assets of (£32,290k) 
relating to IQE Taiwan ROC 
The proportion of voting rights of subsidiaries held by the group is the same as the proportion of shares held.

All UK subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements to file audited financial statements by virtue of section 479A of 
the Companies Act 2006. In adopting the exemption IQE plc has provided statutory guarantee to these subsidiaries in 
accordance with section 479C of the Companies Act 2006.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

127

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

29.  

Joint Ventures

The group holds investments in two joint ventures as follows:

Name of 
company

Class of 
capital

Proportion of 
shares held

Activity

Country of 
incorporation

Registered
Office

Compound 
Semiconductor 
Centre Limited.

CSDC Private 
Limited.

50%*

51%*

Common 
stock of 
£1 par 
value

Common 
stock of 
$1 par 
value

* Indirect holdings

Research, development 
and Manufacture 
of semiconductor 
materials

Research, development 
and Manufacture 
of semiconductor 
materials

UK

Pascal Close, St 
Mellons, Cardiff 
CF3 0LW, UK

Singapore

30 Tampines 
industrial 
Avenue 3 
Singapore 
528775

On 23 March 2015 the group entered into a joint 
venture agreement with WIN Semiconductors Corp 
and Nangyang Technological University to create the 
Compound Semiconductor Development Centre (“CSDC”) 
in Singapore.  The CSDC is a centre of excellence in Asia 
for the development and commercialisation of advanced 
semiconductor products.   The shareholder agreement 
establishes that this new entity is jointly controlled by 
the shareholders who have an equal share of the voting 
rights.

On 9 July 2015 the group entered into a joint venture 
agreement with Cardiff University to create the 
Compound Semiconductor Centre (“CSC”) in the United 
Kingdom.  The CSC is a centre of excellence in Europe 

for the development and commercialisation of advanced 
semiconductor products.  The shareholder agreement 
establishes that this new entity is jointly controlled by 
the shareholders who have an equal share of the voting 
rights.  

Both the above Joint ventures are accounted for using 
the equity method in these consolidated financial 
statements as set out in the groups accounting policies 
note 2. Both of the Joint ventures financial year end is 31 
December 2017 which is co-terminus with the Group and 
has been used in preparing these Group accounts.  No 
dividends have been received from the Joint ventures in 
the period.

Summarised financial information for each of the joint ventures for the reporting period is set out below:

a)  Summary information for Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited 

Summary income statement

Revenue

LBITDA

Loss from continuing operations

Loss for the period

Total comprehensive expense for the period

Summary balance sheet

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current Liabilities

Non-current Liabilities

Equity attributable to Joint Venturers 

2017 
£’000            

6,369

(463)

(6,702)

(6,702)

(6,702)

            2017
£’000

34,301

413

(1,033)

(21,759)

11,922

2016 
£’000

3,955

(680)

(4,422)

(4,422)

(4,422)

2016 
£’000

38,678

4,052

(4,857)

(19,249)

18,624

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

128

Company No: 3745726

 
 
 
Carrying value of equity interest in CSC Ltd

Net assets of CSC Ltd

Proportion of the Groups ownership interest

Groups share of net assets

Elimination of unrealised gains on transactions with CSC Ltd

Cumulative unrecognised losses 

Carrying amount of the Groups interest in the JV

Summary of cumulative unrecognised losses

Unrecognised losses brought forward

Unrecognised unrealised gains on transactions with CSC Ltd

Unrecognised losses in the year

Cumulative unrecognised losses carried forward

b)  Summary information for CSDC Private Limited 

2017
£’000

11,922

50%

5,961

(12,000)

6,039

-

            2017
£’000

(5,402)

-

(3,351)

(8,753)

Summary income statement

Revenue

EBITDA

Loss from continuing operations

Loss for the period

            2017
£’000

2017
SG$’000

10,373

(1,469)

(1,431)

(1,431)

18,199

(2,577)

(2,511)

(2,511)

Total comprehensive expense for the period

(1,431)

(2,511)

Summary balance sheet

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current Liabilities

Non-current Liabilities

Deficit attributable to Joint venturers

2017 
£’000

-

2,854

(1,646)

(4,861)

(3,653)

2017
SG$’000

-

5,189

(2,993)

(8,838)

(6,642)

2016
£’000

7,163

(1,014)

(1,129)

(1,129)

(1,129)

2016
£’000

-

3,897

(1,319)

(4,810)

(2,232)

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

2016
£’000

18,624

50%

9,312

(12,000)

2,688

-

2016 
£’000

(726)

(2,465)

(2,211)

(5,402)

2016 
SG$’000

13,264

(1,877)

(2,090)

(2,090)

(2,090)

2016 
SG$’000

-

6,959

(2,356)

(8,590)

(3,987)

Carrying value of equity interest CSDC Private Limited

       2017 
£’000     

2017
SG$’000

2016
£’000

2016 
SG$’000

Net liabilities of CSDC Private Limited

(3,653)

(6,642)

(2,232)

(3,987)

Proportion of the Groups ownership interest

Groups share of net assets

Cumulative unrecognised losses 

Carrying amount of the Groups interest in the JV

51%

(1,863)

1,863

-

51%

(3,387)

3,387

-

51%

(1,138)

1,138

-

51%

(2,033)

2,033

-

Summary of cumulative unrecognised losses

Cumulative unrecognised losses brought forward

Unrecognised losses in the year

                   2017 
£’000     

2017
SG$’000

(1,138)

(725)

(2,033)

(1,354)

2016
£’000

(562)

(576)

2016 
SG$’000

(967)

(1,066)

Cumulative unrecognised losses carried forward

(1,863)

(3,387)

(1,138)

(2,033)

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

129

Company No: 3745726

 
  
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

30.  Related party transactions

The group incurred professional fees and expenses 
during the year of £150,000 (2016: £126,493) payable to 
Horton Corporate Finance and £35,420 (2016: £42,000) 
payable to Fishstone Limited.  Dr G H H Ainsworth, who 
is a director of IQE Plc, is the managing partner of Horton 
Corporate Finance.   S J Gibson, who was a director of IQE 
Plc during the year is also a director of Fishstone Limited.  
An amount of £37,500 (2016: £41,750) was outstanding 
to these parties at the year-end. 

At 31 December 2017 IQE plc holds a fixed asset 
investment in Seren Photonics Limited represented by 
69 “B” ordinary shares at a cost of £50,000 and £25,000 
Convertible Loan Stock. Dr G H H Ainsworth is a Director 
of IQE plc and Seren Photonics Limited. During the year 
the group did not trade with Seren Photonics Limited and 
as at the 31 December 2017 no balances were receivable 
from or payable to Seren Photonics Limited. 

Transactions with Joint Ventures 

Compound Semiconductor Development Centre 
Private Limited
CSDC was established by the Group and its joint venture 
partners as a centre of excellence for the development 
and commercialisation of advanced compound 
semiconductor wafer products in Asia and on its 
formation entered into an agreement to license certain 
intellectual property and plant and equipment from the 
Group. 

The activities of CSDC include research and development 
into advanced compound semiconductor wafer products 
and the provision of contract manufacturing services for 
compound semiconductor wafers to a subsidiary of the 
IQE plc group, MBE Technology Pte Limited. 

CSDC operates from space within the Group’s 
manufacturing facility in Singapore. During the year the 
group sub-let space at its manufacturing facility to CSDC 
for £672,000 (2016: £586,000) at a rental cost per square 
foot equivalent to the cost paid by the Group on the 
head lease associated with the property. 

The Group licenses intellectual property and equipment 
to the joint venture and recognised revenue in the 
year of £1,874,000 (2016: £1,728,000) and purchased 
advanced compound semiconductor wafer products 
from CSDC for £10,373,430 (2016: £7,163,000).

An amount of £25,575 was due from (2016: £1,402,000 
due to) CSDC Private Limited at 31 December 2017.

Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited
CSC was established by the Group and its joint 
venture partner as a centre of excellence for the 
development and commercialisation of advanced 
compound semiconductor wafer products in Europe. 
On its formation the Group contributed assets to the 
joint venture valued at £12,000,000 as part of its initial 
investment.

The activities of CSC include research and development 
into advanced compound semiconductor wafer products, 
the provision of contract manufacturing services for 
compound semiconductor wafers to certain subsidiaries 
within the IQE plc group and the provision of compound 
semiconductor manufacturing services to other third 
parties. 

CSC operates from its manufacturing facilities in 
Cardiff, United Kingdom and leases certain additional 
administrative building space from the Group. During 
the year the CSC leased this space from the Group 
for £115,000 (2016: £115,000) and procured certain 
administrative support services from the Group for 
£235,000 (2016: £235,000). As part of the administrative 
support services provided to CSC the Group procured 
goods and services, recharged to CSC at cost, totalling 
£4,497,000 (2016: £2,932,900).

During the year CSC provided the Group with certain 
contract manufacturing services. Contract manufacturing 
services are purchased from CSC at a price which 
reflects CSC’s cash cost of production (including direct 
labour, materials and site costs) but excludes any related 
depreciation or amortisation of CSC’s property, plant 
and equipment and intangible assets respectively under 
the terms of the joint venture agreement between the 
parties. Contract manufacturing services purchased from 
CSC totalled £6,050,165 (2016: £3,955,000) in the year.  

During the year the Group recognised license revenue 
of £nil (2016: £4,930,000) from CSC and received a short 
term loan of £600,000 (2016: £nil) that has been fully 
repaid. At 31 December 2017 an amount of £104,646 
(2016: £2,714,268) was owed to the CSC at year end. 

During the year CSC issued 800 A preference shares 
of £1,000 each to the Group. In the groups year-end 
balance sheet ‘A’ Preference Shares with a nominal 
value of £8,800,000 (2016: £8,000,000) are included in 
financial assets at an amortised cost of £7,680,000 (2016: 
£6,889,000) and the Group has a shareholder loan of 
£234,356 (2016: £230,000) due from CSC.

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

130

Company No: 3745726

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

31.  Operating lease commitments

The group was committed at 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016 to making the following aggregate payments 
in respect of non-cancellable operating leases:

Due within one year

Due between two and five years

Due after five years

2017
£’000

8,770

21,588

8,184

38,542

Restated
2016
£’000

8,019

11,954

19,361

39,334

The operating lease commitment has been restated to include the cash costs payable to the Group’s joint venture, 
Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited, associated with the Group’s right of use of the joint ventures assets (see 
note 3 and 30).  

Operating leases relate to various building, equipment and vehicle leases.

32.    Commitments

The group had capital commitments at 31 December 2017 of £5,875,000 (2016: £356,000) primarily relating to plant 
and equipment purchased for the group’s manufacturing site at Newport, United Kingdom. 

IQE PLC | Report and Annual Accounts 2017

131

Company No: 3745726